SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING for COURSES in INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS

JOHNS HOPKINS BLOOMBERG SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH 2nd TERM 2015-16

East Baltimore - Distance Education

SCHEDULE INFORMATION This schedule includes all courses expected to be offered by the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health during the 2nd Term of academic year 2015-16. The listing is based on data supplied by the academic departments and approved by the subcommittee of the Committee on Academic Standards as of October 19, 2015. Courses are listed in numerical order within departments. The second three digits represent the department or division. The three digits to the right of the period represent the course number.

COURSE INFORMATION Included in the listing for each course are class meeting dates, times, instructor, and prerequisites. Classes designated as TBA will have times arranged at a later date by the department offering the course; students must check with the department for this information. Classroom assignments will be made available immediately prior to the beginning of the term. The most recent course descriptions are included at the following website:

Visit the JHSPH Course Search site for current course information: http://www.jhsph.edu/courses/

You can access links to comprehensive course information: http://www.jhsph.edu/offices-and-services/student- affairs/records-and-registration/

REGISTRATION INFORMATION Continuing students may register for 2nd Term through October 16, 2015 by logging on to ISIS Self Services at https://isis.jhu.edu/sswf . To register via the web, students must use their JHED ID (logon user ID) and password for authentication. 2nd Term tuition payments are due via the web (https://isis.jhu.edu/sswf ) by Saturday, November 21, 2015. Changes to existing 2nd term registrations may be processed via the web during the published Add/Drop period for 2nd Term: Monday, October 26 – Friday, November 6, 2015. School of Medicine Post Doctoral Fellows may not register via the web; they must register in person prior to the October 16 deadline. SOM Post Docs must complete the paper registration form in E1002. SOM Post Docs must adhere to all course restrictions and required permissions and are responsible for any course materials/ lab fees in addition to any late registration and late change fees. Special Students Limited (SSL) may apply for the regular eight week term at http://www.jhsph.edu/offices-and-services/student- affairs/studentaccts/non-degree-application/index.html; SSL online registration requests will not be processed until instructor's permission for all courses and tuition payment are received. SSLs must submit payment and permission to the Continuing Education Student Services Office at 410-614-8633 or mail to: Continuing Education Student Services, Suite 1101, 615 N. Wolfe St., Baltimore, MD 21205.

Tuition is assessed at a rate of $1020 per credit unit. Students receive a 100% tuition refund for any withdrawals made prior to the end of the Add/Drop period; however, there is no tuition refund after the Add/Drop period. A fee of $100 will be assessed for registering after the October 16 deadline and a fee of $50 will be assessed for making changes after the Add/Drop deadline for each academic term. No changes will be accepted during the last two weeks of a term.

REQUIRED APPROVALS All students in the School (with the exception of Special Students Limited and SOM Post Docs) are expected to have their registration selections approved by their academic advisors. It is the student’s responsibility to have his/her registration, including grading options and registration changes, reviewed and approved by an advisor. Additionally, if a course is noted as requiring instructor’s consent, it is the student’s responsibility to obtain such consent. This consent may be obtained in person or by e-mail and it is in the student’s best interest to maintain documentation of such approvals. Additionally, all special studies (.800 series) and all courses taken for audit must have the instructor’s consent. All Special Students Limited must have each of their course registrations approved by the instructor in writing (e-mail approvals are acceptable).

As of October 21, 2015 COURSE LISTING CODES Course listings consist of the following: a three character department code—the second two characters identify the department in which the course is offered, the third character may be used to indicate a division or cluster within the department. Refer to the list below for department/division codes.

DEPARTMENT/DIVISION CODES 120. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Division of Reproductive Biology 140. Biostatistics 180. Environmental Health Sciences 182. Environmental Health Engineering 183. Physiology 185. Environmental Exposure Sciences 186. Radiation Health Sciences 187. Toxicological Sciences 188. Occupational and Environmental Health 220. International Health 260. Molecular Microbiology and Immunology 300. Health Policy and Management 330. Mental Health 340. Epidemiology 380. Population and Family Health Sciences 390. Clinical Investigation 410. Health Behavior and Society 550. Adjunct Studies 700. Bioethics (Berman Institute)

A course number—the three character course number will be used to indicate the level, format, and the sequence of the course. Since the School of Public Health is a graduate division, courses will be numbered within the following range.

A. 600-699: Formal Courses normally offered in the second year of graduate study. B. 700-799: Formal Courses normally offered in the second or last year of graduate study. C. 800-899: Repeatable courses offered in a variety of informal (i.e., non-lecture) formats that can be distinguished by the following sub designations: 810 series Field Placement 820 series Thesis Research (master’s and doctoral) 830 series Postdoctoral Research 840 series Special Studies and Research 850 series Laboratory rotation courses 860 series Informal seminars (e.g., journal or research clubs) that vary in content each quarter of each year and address current topics

Examples 182.820 Thesis Research in Environmental Health Engineering 340.840 Special Studies and Research Epidemiology 260.851 Laboratory Rotations 187.861 Toxicological Sciences Seminar

INTERDIVISIONAL CODES Some School of Public Health courses may have prerequisites from other divisions of the University. Also, other divisions may jointly offer courses with the School of Public Health. To denote courses offered by other University divisions, the following system is used:

AS School of Arts and Sciences (SAS) ME School of Medicine (SOM) NR School of Nursing (SON) BU Business Carey School

(Example: ME 330.702 denotes a School of Medicine course, in the Department of Pharmacology and Molecular Sciences) SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Course is held in Deering Hall. Course Change Information: Berman Institute (Bioethics) Hybrid, Recommended, RecommendedNote, CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, .09/17/2015; Hybrid, Recommended, RecommendedNote, 700.602.01 FOUNDATIONS OF BIOETHICS II CourseFormat, CourseOfferRationaleNote, ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, Course offered this year CourseSectionNote, ScheduleTypeId, (3 credits) AdministrativeCourseFee, .08/31/2015; Rieder,Travis and Kahn,Jeff 700.604.01 METHODS IN BIOETHICS Offers a continuation of the introduction to foundational approaches and issues in bioethics Course offered this year begun in Foundations of Bioethics I. Utilizes the (3 credits) conceptual and methodological tools from Foundations I in analyzing topics, cases and issues DeCamp,Matthew in bioethics. Includes topics such as: Ethics at the Describe the range of methods used in bioethics beginning and end of life; research ethics; ethics of research and practice”, including philosophy, law, organ donation and transplantation; ethics of new history, religion, and quantitative/qualitative reproductive technologies; ethics and stem cell research techniques. Emphasizes the strengths and research; ethics and biotechnology; the doctor- weaknesses of each method in addressing patient relationship; access to healthcare; and bioethical questions or problems. Illustrates each others. method with contemporary examples from bioethics Upon successfully completing this course, and public health. Exposes students to experts in students will be able to: various methods. Presents one cross-cutting example of an issue addressed by all methods. 1. Articulate various positions on bioethical Discusses the challenges of interdisciplinary and issues multi-disciplinary research. 2. Identify moral concepts in important bioethics Upon successfully completing this course, cases students will be able to: 3. Analyze bioethics arguments for validity and 1. Describe the range of methods used in soundness bioethics 4. Apply ethical theories, principles, and 2. Select an appropriate method for concepts to bioethical problems approaching a bioethical research question E-mail: [email protected] 3. Appraise the benefits of addressing a Lecture: W 3:00 PM - 5:50 PM bioethics issue using different methods Enrollment minimum of 6 4. Critique the concepts of “interdisciplinary” and “multidisciplinary” rigor in bioethics Enrollment maximum of 25 5. Prepare a bioethics grant proposal that Waitlist Enabled: Yes tailors the method to a particular bioethics Enrollment priority given to Master of Bioethics problem students E-mail: [email protected] Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Lecture: F 1:30 PM - 4:20 PM Consent required for some students Enrollment minimum of 5 Consent required for non-Bioethics students Enrollment maximum of 25 Prerequisite: Foundations of Bioethics I

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 1 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Waitlist Enabled: Yes 2. Explain selected social, cultural, and Enrollment priority given to Master of Bioethics economic constraints on individual healthcare students decision-making 3. Analyze examples of common healthcare Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail decision-making from an ethical perspective Consent required for some students 4. Critique the approaches taken by providers Consent required for non-Bioethics students and institutions to ethical problems relevant to Course is held in Deering Hall. healthcare decision-making Course Change Information: 5. Propose ways in which the context, options, Hybrid, Required, Recommended, or setting of healthcare decision-making can be RecommendedNote, CourseFormat, aligned with various ethical frameworks ClassroomNeeds, .09/17/2015; Hybrid, 6. Select and begin to consider a real-world Recommended, RecommendedNote, intervention to pursue in the final project and, if CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, .09/02/2015; possible, in their future careers Hybrid, Recommended, RecommendedNote, E-mail: [email protected] CourseFormat, CourseOfferRationaleNote, ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, Lecture: T 3:00 PM - 5:50 PM CourseSectionNote, ScheduleTypeId, AdministrativeCourseFee, .08/28/2015; Enrollment minimum of 6 Enrollment maximum of 25 700.623.01 ETHICS OF HEALTHCARE DECISION-MAKING: Waitlist Enabled: Yes THEORY AND PRACTICE Enrollment priority given to Master of Bioethics Course offered this year students (3 credits) Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Berger,Zackary Consent required for some students Acquaints students with the ethical dimensions of Consent required for non-Bioethics students healthcare decision-making by individuals, including shared decision-making in patient-provider Course is held in Deering Hall. encounters; decision-making in the context of Course Change Information: incomplete information, patient disadvantage, Hybrid, Recommended, RecommendedNote, distress or conflict; the understanding and approach CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, .09/17/2015; of providers and systems to the ethical dimensions Hybrid, Recommended, RecommendedNote, of decision-making; and relevant social and CourseFormat, CourseOfferRationaleNote, economic constraints on such decision-making. ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, Explores topics in multiple settings, populations and CourseSectionNote, ScheduleTypeId, health conditions, with the goal of making learners AdministrativeCourseFee, .08/31/2015; aware of the ethical implications of healthcare decisions, both in everyday practice and from a Biochemistry and Molecular Biology policy perspective. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Identify ways in which various ethical frameworks apply to instances of individual health care decision-making

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 2 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

120.601.01 BIOCHEMISTRY -- AN INTRODUCTORY 120.601.02 BIOCHEMISTRY -- AN INTRODUCTORY COURSE II COURSE II Course offered this year Course offered this year (5 credits) (5 credits) Bryant,Randy Bryant,Randy Examines the major metabolic pathways that are Examines the major metabolic pathways that are central to eukaryotic cell growth and maintenance. central to eukaryotic cell growth and maintenance. Upon successfully completing this course, Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: students will be able to: 1. Describe the biochemical reactions and 1. Describe the biochemical reactions and pathways that lead to the generation of pathways that lead to the generation of metabolic energy in mammalian cells metabolic energy in mammalian cells 2. Describe how biomedical signals between 2. Describe how biomedical signals between cells and tissues are converted into targeted cells and tissues are converted into targeted metabolic changes. More broadly, this course metabolic changes. More broadly, this course will provide the students with a biochemical will provide the students with a biochemical perspective that they can apply to their own perspective that they can apply to their own specific areas of public health research specific areas of public health research E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M W F 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM Lecture: M W F 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment maximum of 36 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: Yes Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for all students Prerequisite: 120.600 Public Health students will be given first priority for registration. 120.603.01 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF PANDEMIC Prerequisite: 120.600 INFLUENZA Course offered this year (3 credits) Wright,William

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 3 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Explores how molecular biology has been used to (3 credits) define the biological basis of a public health Matunis,Michael catastrophe, the 1918 Spanish Influenza Pandemic. Students examine the biological basis of the Provides students with a basic understanding of the virulence of more recent influenza viruses. Topics architecture and function of eukaryotic cells. In include: use of molecular techniques to resurrect addition to introducing students to new facts and the extinct 1918 pandemic virus, the use of vocabulary pertinent to cell biology, also introduces molecular techniques to identify why specific students to experimental methods used by mutations in the genome made the 1918 virus so scientists to define and understand cell structure virulent, the use of sequence analysis to identify the and function. Relationships between defects in origin of new strains of influenza virus, and the basic cell function and human diseases are also analysis of the immune response of an infected highlighted. Classroom time is divided into formal host to the 1918 virus. Students also examine the lecture time as well as less formal molecular biology of the more recent H1N1 discussion/problem solving sessions organized pandemic and the H5N1 bird flu viruses. Students around “landmark” papers in cell biology and discuss ethical and policy issues that must be designed to review scientific methods, central considered in managing the response to a concepts in cell biology and develop critical pandemic. thinking. Upon successfully completing this course, Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: students will be able to: 1. Describe modern molecular biology 1. Identify the intracellular organelles of techniques eukaryotic cells and describe their functions 2. Explain how these techniques can be applied 2. Design experiments to study individual to a major public health problem proteins by light or electron microscopy 3. Interpret data generated by these techniques 3. Design experiments to fractionate and characterize different membrane-bound 4. Describe the molecular basis for the organelles pathogenesis of specific strains of influenza 4. Describe the proteins and mechanisms 5. Read and present original papers in this area regulating ion and small molecule transport across membranes E-mail: [email protected] 5. Define the functions of the ER and the Lecture: T TH 2:00 PM - 2:50 PM mechanisms regulating ER translocation and protein modification within the ER Enrollment minimum of 10 6. Design and interpret experiments aimed at No Maximum studying protein sorting and translocation into Waitlist Enabled: No sub-cellular organelles This course is open to graduate students only. 7. Describe the molecules and mechanisms regulating vesicular transport and protein Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail secretion Consent required for some students 8. Design experiments to study protein Consent required for any student who is not transport and targeting in the endocytic enrolled as an MHS, MPH, ScM or PhD student in pathway the Bloomberg School of Public Health. 9. Describe the molecules and pathways involved in relaying signals from the cell 120.626.01 PRINCIPLES OF CELL BIOLOGY surface to the nucleus Course offered this year

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 4 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

10. Describe the structures and properties of Builds from "Fundamentals of Reproductive the major proteins that make up the Biology" in 1st term (120.620.01). In this service- cytoskeleton and their individual functions learning course, students have the opportunity to 11. Describe the dynamics of actin assembly extend beyond hypothetical applications of what and the mechanisms of actin-myosin based they have learned, and apply their "reproductive movement biology literacy" to help in a professional, real-world setting. The service component of this course is for 12. Describe the dynamics of microtubule students to produce deliverable(s) of use/value for a assembly and the mechanisms of actin- myosin community-based organization (CBO), to be based movement complemented by in-class activities to absorb and 13. Define the structure and function of learn from these experiences in working with the intermediate filaments CBO. 14. Describe the structures and functions of the Upon successfully completing this course, major molecules mediating cell-cell interactions students will be able to: and tissue formation 1. Work collaboratively on project for E-mail: [email protected] community-based organization Lecture: W F 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM 2. Reflect on their application of basic reproductive biology concepts Enrollment minimum of 10 3. Communicate basic reproductive biology No Maximum concepts and how this biology fits into a Waitlist Enabled: No practical context relevant to the CBO's project Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 4. Explain biological concepts to professionals and lay people Prerequisite: Introductory courses in Genetics and/or Molecular and Cell Biology (such as E-mail: [email protected] 120.602). Students should also have a basic Lecture: M 9:00 AM - 10:20 AM understanding of molecular genetics (i.e. the roles of DNA and RNA in protein synthesis) and a basic Enrollment minimum of 6 understanding of protein structure and function. Enrollment maximum of 20 Waitlist Enabled: Yes 120.720.01 APPLYING REPRODUCTIVE BIOLOGY LITERACY THROUGH SERVICE-LEARNING Graduate students only Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Course offered this year Consent required for all students (3 credits) Prospective students should contact instructor Evans,Janice Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Reproductive Biology, 120.620.01 This course combines traditional classroom time and outside-of-class activities with a corresponding reduction in class sessions. This class will meet once a week. Students are expected to spend ~6 hours a week on service-learning (work at a community-based organization) in addition to regular homework.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 5 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

120.800.01 MPH CAPSTONE: BIOCHEMISTRY AND 120.821.01 MHS STUDENT RESEARCH MOLECULAR BIOLOGY Course offered this year Course offered this year (3 credits) (2 credits) Acquaints MHS students with basic research in the Must have 1-4 credits per term for two terms. biomedical sciences through work under the The MPH Capstone is an opportunity for students guidance of a faculty member in the Department of to work on public health practice projects that are of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, and provides particular interest to them. The goal is for students an introduction to hands-on experience in to apply the skills and competencies they have laboratory research. acquired to a public health problem that simulates a Upon successfully completing this course, professional practice experience. students will be able to: Upon successfully completing this course, 1. Identify a research question of significance in students will be able to: biomedical science 2. Design hypothesis-driven or discovery-driven experimental studies to address the question Enrollment minimum of 10 3. Maintain research notes, including No Maximum summaries of results and data interpretation Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 10 Grading Options: Pass/Fail No Maximum Consent required for all students Waitlist Enabled: No Consent from the Capstone Supervisor is Required Grading Options: Pass/Fail Prerequisite: All other MPH core requirements must Consent required for all students be taken before or concurrently with the Capstone project. Prospective students must make arrangements with a faculty member for this research experience. Registration for this 2-credit course is required during the term that an MPH student completes the capstone project (e.g., 4th term for a full-time MPH student).

120.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH BIOCHEMISTRY Course offered this year (variable credits) Information not required for this course type

Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 6 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

120.822.01 SEMINARS IN RESEARCH IN BIOCHEMISTRY 120.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY BIOCHEMISTRY Course offered this year Course offered this year (1 credits) (variable credits) Coulombe,Pierre Based on other coursework taken. Integrates academic training with current research Consists of presentations by speakers of scientific in biochemistry and molecular biology, reproductive renown on important and current information in biology and cell and developmental biology. biochemistry, and molecular and cellular biology, Researchers from JHU and other biomedical and by faculty members from the university whose research institutions present results of state of the research efforts are of general interest to fellows, art investigations of problems and issues of public students, and faculty. health significance, emphasizing experimental Information not required for this course type design and methodology for analysis and discussion. Enrollment minimum of 10 Information not required for this course type No Maximum E-mail: [email protected] Waitlist Enabled: No Lecture: M 12:00 PM - 12:50 PM Grading Options: Pass/Fail Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum 120.850.01 BIOCHEMICAL TECHNIQUES Waitlist Enabled: No Course offered this year Only open to BMB Postdocs, PhD and ScM (6 credits) students. All departmental students spend seven weeks Grading Options: Pass/Fail participating in the research activities of a faculty member’s laboratory. During the academic year each student rotates through five laboratories. 120.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH BIOCHEMISTRY Information not required for this course type Course offered this year (variable credits) Lecture: TBA Information not required for this course type Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Enrollment minimum of 10 Waitlist Enabled: No No Maximum Grading Options: Pass/Fail Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 7 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

120.852.01 CORE RESEARCH LITERATURE 120.895.01 MPH PRACTICUM: BIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) BMB students taking this course should enroll for 2 (variable credits) credits. MMI students taking this course should Students who have not met the practicum rnroll for 1 credit. requirement, must register for at least two credits. Bosch,Juergen and Bryant,Randy The MPH Practicum is a mentored, hands-on Provides a complement to the BCMB core practical public health experience, which involves curriculum. Student reads research papers relating meaningful participation and interaction with public to a core lecture topic. Discussions are led by a health professionals. student while a faculty member from Biochemistry Upon successfully completing this course, or MMI act as facilitator. Helps students to develop students will be able to: skills in reading the primary literature and provides an introduction to the experimental paradigms underlying the concepts presented in the core course. Enrollment minimum of 10 Information not required for this course type No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No E-mail: [email protected] Grading Options: Pass/Fail Lecture: T 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM Consent required for all students Enrollment minimum of 10 Student must receive faculty advisor approval No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Biostatistics Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for all students 140.612.01 STATISTICAL REASONING IN PUBLIC HEALTH II Consent required by any non-BMB or MMI students. Course offered this year Requirement for students in the Departments of (3 credits) Biochemistry & Molecular Biology, and Molecular McGready,John Microbiology & Immunology enrolled in core curriculum

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 8 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Provides a broad overview of biostatistical methods 7. Describe the conditions necessary for an and concepts used in the public health sciences, exposure/outcome relationship to be emphasizing interpretation and concepts rather confounded by one or more other variables than calculations or mathematical details. Develops 8. Explain how to interpret an adjusted ability to read the scientific literature to critically association evaluate study designs and methods of data analysis. Introduces basic concepts of statistical 9. Explain the concept of effect modification, inference, including hypothesis testing, p-values, and how it differs from confounding and confidence intervals. Topics include 10. Describe the process for assessing whether comparisons of means and proportions; the normal an outcome/exposure association is modified distribution; regression and correlation; by another factor confounding; concepts of study design, including 11. Discuss why multiple regression techniques randomization, sample size, and power allow for the analysis of the relationship considerations; logistic regression; and an overview between an outcome and a predictor in the of some methods in survival analysis. Draws presence of confounding variables examples of the use and abuse of statistical methods from the current biomedical literature. 12. Utilize the results from all regression types covered (linear, logistic and Cox) to assess Upon successfully completing this course, confounding and effect modification students will be able to: 13. Use the results from linear regression 1. Interpret the results from simple linear models to predict the mean value of a regression to assess the magnitude and continuous outcome variable for different significance of the relationship between a subgroups of a population defined by different continuous outcome variable and a binary, predictor set values categorical or continuous predictor variable 14. Use the results from logistic regression 2. Assess the strength of a linear relationship models to predict the probability of a binary between two continuous variables via the condition for different subgroups of a population coefficient of determination (R squared) and/or defined by different predictor set values its counterpart, the correlation coefficient 15. Explain what a propensity score is, and how 3. Interpret the results from simple logistic it can be useful for estimating an adjusted regression to assess the magnitude and outcome/exposure relationship in the presence significance of the relationship between a of potentially many confounders binary outcome variable and a binary, categorical or continuous predictor variable E-mail: [email protected] 4. Interpret the results from simple Cox Lecture: T TH 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM regression to assess the magnitude and significance of the relationship between a time Enrollment minimum of 10 to event variable and a binary, categorical or No Maximum continuous predictor variable Waitlist Enabled: No 5. Explain the assumption of proportional Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail hazards, and what this means regarding the interpretation of hazard (incidence rate) ratios Consent required for some students from Cox regression models Consent required for non-PH students. 6. Explain how most of the hypotheses tests Prerequisite: 140.611 covered in Statistical Reasoning 1 can be expressed as simple regression models Course materials fee is $30.00

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 9 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Course Change Information: 7. Interpret the coefficients, including Prerequisite, TargetAud, .03/13/2015; Prerequisite, interaction coefficients, obtained from either a StudentEval, .02/13/2015; .02/05/2015; multiple linear regression or multiple logistic ScheduleTypeId, StartDate, EndDate, regression analysis .01/29/2015; .01/20/2015; 8. Calculate the sample size necessary for estimating either a continuous or binary 140.622.01 STATISTICAL METHODS IN PUBLIC HEALTH II outcome in a single group or difference Course offered this year between two groups 9. Calculate the sample size necessary for (4 credits) determining a statistically significant difference Diener-West,Marie in either a continuous or binary outcome for Presents use of likelihood functions, confidence either one group or between two groups intervals, and hypothesis tests to draw scientific 10. Use the Stata statistical analysis package inferences from public health data. Discusses null to perform regression analyses and sample and alternative hypotheses, Type I and II errors, size estimation and power. Develops parametric and nonparametric statistical methods for comparing E-mail: [email protected] multiple groups (ANOVA). Also introduces Lecture: T TH 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM measures of association and simple linear regression. Addresses methods for planning a Lab: M 1:30 PM-3:00 PM study, including stratification, balance, sampling Lab: M 3:30 PM-5:00 PM strategies, and sample size. Lab: T 1:30 PM-3:00 PM Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Lab: T 3:30 PM-5:00 PM 1. Distinguish the summary measures of Lab: W 1:30 PM-3:00 PM association applicable to retrospective and prospective study designs Lab: W 3:30 PM-5:00 PM 2. Distinguish between the appropriate Lab: TH 1:30 PM-3:00 PM regression models for handling different types of public health outcomes Lab: TH 3:30 PM-5:00 PM 3. Recognize the assumptions required in using Lab: F 1:30 PM-3:00 PM regression models and performing statistical tests to assess relationships between an Special Lab Number: 140.922 outcome and a risk factor Enrollment minimum of 10 4. Perform and interpret a one-way analysis of No Maximum variance to test for differences in means among three or more populations Waitlist Enabled: No 5. Contrast mean outcomes among pairwise For MPH, DrPH, "special students" and MHS groups using multiple comparisons procedures degree candidates in departments to be determined 6. Interpret the correlation coefficient as a Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail measure of the strength of a linear association Consent required for some students between a continuous response variable and a continuous predictor variable Consent required for non-PH students Prerequisite: 140.621

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 10 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

One 90-minute lab per week, lab is 140.922. As 7. Interpret the coefficients, including soon as you register for the course, please also interaction coefficients, obtained from either a register for one section of 140.922. Course multiple linear regression or multiple logistic Materials Fee is $40.00. regression analysis Course Change Information: 8. Calculate the sample size necessary for CourseSectionNote, .03/17/2015; estimating either a continuous or binary CourseSectionNote, .03/17/2015; .03/12/2015; outcome in a single group or difference .03/12/2015; between two groups 9. Calculate the sample size necessary for 140.622.02 STATISTICAL METHODS IN PUBLIC HEALTH II determining a statistically significant difference Course offered this year in either a continuous or binary outcome for either one group or between two groups (4 credits) 10. Use the Stata statistical analysis package Bandeen-Roche,Karen to perform regression analyses and sample Presents use of likelihood functions, confidence size estimation intervals, and hypothesis tests to draw scientific E-mail: [email protected] inferences from public health data. Discusses null and alternative hypotheses, Type I and II errors, Lecture: T TH 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM and power. Develops parametric and non- Lab: M 1:30 PM-3:00 PM parametric statistical methods for comparing multiple groups (ANOVA). Also introduces Lab: M 3:00 PM-5:00 PM measures of association and simple linear regression. Addresses methods for planning a Lab: T 1:30 PM-3:00 PM study, including stratification, balance, sampling Lab: T 3:00 PM-5:00 PM strategies, and sample size. Lab: W 1:30 PM-3:00 PM Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Lab: W 3:00 PM-5:00 PM 1. Distinguish the summary measures of Lab: TH 1:30 PM-3:00 PM association applicable to retrospective and prospective study designs Lab: TH 3:00 PM-5:00 PM 2. Distinguish between the appropriate Lab: F 1:30 PM-3:00 PM regression models for handling different types of public health outcomes Special Lab Number: 140.922 3. Recognize the assumptions required in using Enrollment minimum of 10 regression models and performing statistical No Maximum tests to assess relationships between an outcome and a risk factor Waitlist Enabled: No 4. Perform and interpret a one-way analysis of For PhD, ScM and MHS degree candidates in variance to test for differences in means among departments to be determined three or more populations Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 5. Contrast mean outcomes among pairwise Consent required for some students groups using multiple comparisons procedures Consent required for non-PH students 6. Interpret the correlation coefficient as a measure of the strength of a linear association Prerequisite: 140.621 between a continuous response variable and a continuous predictor variable

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 11 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

One 90-minute lab per week, lab is 140.922. As 140.638.01 ANALYSIS OF BIOLOGICAL SEQUENCES soon as you register for the course, please also Course offered this year register for one section of 140.922. Course Materials Fee is $40.00. (3 credits) Course Change Information: Wheelan,Sarah CourseSectionNote, .03/17/2015; Presents an algorithmic approach to modern CourseSectionNote, .03/17/2015; .03/12/2015; biological sequence analysis. Provides an overview .03/12/2015; of the core algorithms and statistical principles of bioinformatics. Topics include general probability 140.630.01 INTRODUCTION TO DATA MANAGEMENT and molecular biology background, sequence Course offered this year alignment (local, global, pairwise and multiple), hidden Markov Models (as powerful tools for (3 credits) sequence analysis), gene finding, and phylogenetic Hackman,Andre trees. Emphasizes algorithmic perspective although no prior programming experience is required. Introduces students to the principles and skills Covers basic probability and molecular biology in required to collect and manage research data in a enough detail so that no prior probability or public health setting. Topics focus on tools for advanced biology classes are required. collecting data that range from spreadsheets to web-based systems, database fundamentals, data Upon successfully completing this course, collection form design, data entry screen design, students will be able to: proper coding of data, strategies for quality control 1. Discuss concepts in basic molecular biology and data cleaning, protection and sharing of data, and probability and integrating data from external sources. Includes 2. Be familiar with classic and modern pairwise practical and hands-on exercises that require some alignment algorithms, including BLAST entry-level computer programming. 3. Discuss the statistical significance of Upon successfully completing this course, alignment scores and the interpretation of students will be able to: alignment algorithm output 1. Evaluate and select the appropriate tools for 4. Discuss the mechanism and the use of collection and management of study data dynamic programming 2. Describe data design issues involved in 5. Be familiar with multiple alignment collecting research data 3. Develop strategies for maintaining data 6. Discuss the different assumptions about quality, protecting and sharing data evolution made by different models and algorithms 4. Manage and manipulate research study data 7. Discuss the likelihood approach to E-mail: [email protected] phylogenetic reconstruction, and multiple alignment as applied to phylogenetic tree Lecture: M W 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM construction Enrollment minimum of 5 8. Discuss Markov models and hidden Markov Enrollment maximum of 20 models (HMM) in the genomic context, and essential algorithms for analyzing HMMs Waitlist Enabled: Yes 9. Discuss HMMs as applied to gene finding Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for some students 10. Be familiar with other algorithms in gene finding Consent required for non-Biostatistics students

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 12 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

11. Identify from the literature important algorithmic/statistical advances in 140.647.01 ESSENTIALS OF PROBABILITY AND bioinformatics, and prepare an oral STATISTICAL INFERENCE II: STATISTICAL presentation of a recent bioinformatics INFERENCE publication that is important from either a Course offered this year biological or a mathematical perspective (4 credits) E-mail: [email protected] Rohde,Charles Lecture: T TH 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM Introduces students to the theory of statistical Enrollment minimum of 10 inference. Topics include the frequentist, Bayesian and likelihood approaches to statistical inference No Maximum including estimation, testing hypotheses and Waitlist Enabled: No interval estimation. Emphasizes rigorous analysis Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail (including proofs), as well as interpretation of results and simulation for illustration. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to:

E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T TH 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for all students Course intended for Biostatistics MHS and ScM candidates only Prerequisite: Working knowledge of linear algebra, including the ability to invert a matrix; full year college level calculus, plus current working knowledge of it, meaning you can quickly do integration and differentiation of standard functions, which are needed for homework and exam questions.

140.652.01 METHODS IN BIOSTATISTICS II Course offered this year (4 credits) Ruczinski,Ingo

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 13 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Presents fundamental concepts in applied Prerequisite: 140.651 probability, exploratory data analysis, and statistical Students will choose only one of the two lab times. inference, focusing on probability and analysis of one and two samples. Topics include discrete and Course Change Information: continuous probability models; expectation and ContactPerson, ContactEmail, CPInstructor, variance; central limit theorem; inference, including .05/08/2015; hypothesis testing and confidence for means, proportions, and counts; maximum likelihood 140.658.01 STATISTICS FOR PSYCHOSOCIAL RESEARCH: estimation; sample size determinations; elementary STRUCTURAL MODELS non-parametric methods; graphical displays; and data transformations. Course offered this year Upon successfully completing this course, (4 credits) students will be able to: Xue,Qian-Li and Leoutsakos,Jeannie-Marie 1. Discuss core applied statistical concepts and Presents quantitative approaches to theory methods construction in the context of multiple response 2. Discuss the display and communication of variables, with models for both continuous and statistical data categorical data. Topics include the statistical basis for causal inference; principles of path analysis; 3. Describe the distinctions between the linear structural equation analysis incorporating fundamental paradigms underlying statistical measurement models; latent class regression; and methodology analysis of panel data with observed and latent 4. List the basics of maximum likelihood variable models. Draws examples from the social sciences, including the status attainment approach 5. List the basics of frequentist methods: to intergenerational mobility, behavior genetics hypothesis testing, confidence intervals models of disease and environment, consumer 6. Identify basic Bayesian techniques, satisfaction, functional impairment and disability, interpretation and prior specification and quality of life. 7. Discuss the creation and interpretation of P Upon successfully completing this course, values students will be able to: 8. Describe estimation, testing and 1. Design path analysis models interpretation for single group summaries such as means, medians, variances, correlations and 2. Analyze latent variable panel data with linear rates structural equation models 9. Describe estimation, testing and 3. Design latent class analysis models in the interpretation for two group comparisons such situation of categorical data as odds ratios, relative risks and risk 4. Describe causal inference techniques differences 10. Describe the basic concepts of ANOVA E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M W 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM E-mail: [email protected] Lab: F 10:00 AM-10:50 AM Lecture: T TH 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM Lab: F 11:00 AM-11:50 AM Enrollment minimum of 10 Special Lab Number: 140.958 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 10 Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail No Maximum

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 14 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for some students Consent required for all students Consent required for anyone who is not a 330.657 or consent of instructor Biostatistics 2nd-year PhD or 2nd-year master's student Prerequisite: 330.657 or consent of instructor Prerequisite: R programming experience; 140.711 Jointly offered with MH Multi-term with 140.711 Students must register for one of the computer Final grade applies to all terms labs, either 140.958.01 or 140.958.02. Course Change Information: One 1-hour lab per week (time TBA) Prerequisite, .01/15/2015; Course Change Information: Hybrid, Recommended, RecommendedNote, 140.712.01 ADVANCED DATA SCIENCE II CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, Course offered this year AdministrativeCourseFee, PrimaryInstructor3, (3 credits) .07/17/2015; CourseOfferRationaleNote, .06/18/2015; Leek,Jeffrey and Colantuoni,Elizabeth Builds on Advanced Data Science I by introducing the idea of data products and encouraging students to build products based on their data analyses. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Obtain, clean, transform, and process raw data into usable formats

2. Formulate quantitative models to address scientific questions

3. Organize and perform a complete data analysis, from exploration, to analysis, to synthesis, to communication

4. Apply a range of statistical methods for inference and prediction

E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 2:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 4 Enrollment maximum of 16 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Biostatistics 2nd-year PhD and 2nd-year master's students only

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 15 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Introduces modern statistical theory; sets principles 140.722.01 PROBABILITY THEORY II of inference based on decision theory and likelihood Course offered this year (evidence) theory; derives the likelihood function based on design and model assumptions; derives (2 credits) the complete class theorem between Bayes and Tomasetti,Cristian admissible estimators; derives minimal sufficient statistics as a necessary and sufficient reduction of Presents the first part of the classical results of data for accurate inference in parametric models; probability theory: independence, types of derives the minimal sufficient statistics in convergence, laws of large numbers, Borel-Cantelli exponential families; introduces maximum likelihood lemmas, Kolmogorov’s zero-one law, random series and unbiased estimators; defines information and and rates of convergence. Also discusses derives the Cramer-Rao variance bounds in characteristic functions and weak convergence. parametric models; introduces empirical Bayes Upon successfully completing this course, (shrinkage) estimators and compares to maximum students will be able to: likelihood in small-sample problems. 1. Assess whether two random variables are Upon successfully completing this course, independent or not students will be able to: 2. Define and relate the various types of 1. Translate the design and estimation goal of a convergence scientific study into a theoretically appropriate 3. Derive the value to which a random statistical framework sequence or series converges 2. Identify appropriate parametric models for 4. Calculate the Fourier transform of some the population under study random variables 3. Calculate the likelihood of the study’s data E-mail: [email protected] based on the design and model assumptions 4. Find the minimal sufficient statistics and the Lecture: T TH 3:30 PM - 4:20 PM maximum likelihood estimator for the quantity Enrollment minimum of 2 of interest No Maximum 5. Find Bayes/empirical Bayes estimators for a loss function and compare small-sample Waitlist Enabled: No properties to those of the maximum likelihood Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail estimator Consent required for some students E-mail: [email protected] Consent required for any students who are not in Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM the Biostatistics PhD program Prerequisite: Calculus and real analysis; 140.721 Enrollment minimum of 2 No Maximum The course will include 30 minutes of lab per week (time TBA). Waitlist Enabled: No Course Change Information: Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail CourseOfferRationaleNote, .01/14/2015; Consent required for some students Consent required for any students who are not in 140.732.01 STATISTICAL THEORY II the Biostatistics PhD program Course offered this year Prerequisite: Linear algebra; matrix algebra; real (4 credits) analysis; calculus; 140.731 Frangakis,Constantine Multi-term with 140.733

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 16 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Final grade applies to all terms 140.741.01 SURVIVAL ANALYSIS II One 1-hour lab per week (time TBA) Course not offered until 2016 - 2017 Course Change Information: .01/26/2015; CourseOfferRationaleNote, (3 credits) .01/14/2015; Wang,Mei-Cheng Introduces statistical models and methods useful for analyzing univariate and multivariate failure time data. Extends Survival Analysis I to topics on length-bias and prevalent samplings, martingale theory, multivariate survival data, time-dependent ROC analysis, and recurrent event processes. Emphasizes nonparametric and semiparametric approaches for modeling, estimation and inferential results. Clinical and epidemiological examples included in class presentation illustrate statistical procedures. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Conduct statistical analysis for numerous types of sophisticated survival data 2. Discuss papers published in statistical journals 3. Provide examples of prevalent and multivariate survival data arising in public health studies 4. Discuss dissertation topics in advanced survival analysis E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M W 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for some students Consent required for non-Biostatistics students Prerequisite: Biostatistics 140.651 or equivalent, and 140.641 (Survival Analysis I ). Knowledge of probability and statistical theory is required. Non- biostatistics students need permission from instructor.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 17 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

140.752.01 ADVANCED METHODS IN BIOSTATISTICS II 140.778.01 ADVANCED STATISTICAL COMPUTING Course offered this year Course offered this year (4 credits) (3 credits) Caffo,Brian Peng,Roger Surveys basic statistical inference, estimates, tests Covers the theory and application of common and confidence intervals, and exploratory data algorithms used in statistical computing. Topics analysis. Reviews probability distributions and include root finding, optimization, numerical likelihoods, independence and exchangeability, and integration, Monte Carlo, Markov chain Monte modes of inference and inferential goals including Carlo, stochastic optimization and bootstrapping. minimizing MSE. Reviews linear algebra, develops Some specific algorithms discussed include: the least squares approach to linear models Newton-Raphson, EM, Metropolis-Hastings through projections, and discusses connections algorithm, Gibbs sampling, simulated annealing, with maximum likelihood. Covers linear, least Gaussian quadrature, Romberg integration, etc. squares regression, transforms, diagnostics, Also discusses applications of these algorithms to residual analysis, leverage and influence, model real research problems. selection for estimation and predictive goals, Upon successfully completing this course, departures from assumptions, efficiency and students will be able to: robustness, large sample theory, linear estimability, the Gauss Markov theorem, distribution theory 1. Describe common deterministic statistical under normality assumptions, and testing a linear algorithms, such as root finding, numerical hypothesis. integration methods, Newton-Raphson, quasi- Newton methods, EM Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 2. Describe common stochastic algorithms used in statistics, such as Monte Carlo 1. Apply the theories to standard experimental methods, Markov Chain Monte Carlo, designs stochastic optimization, Gibbs sampling, 2. Discuss and estimate variance components Metropolis-Hastings method 3. Discuss theory and application of linear 3. Understand mathematical properties of mixed models common statistical algorithms 4. Discuss the concept of best linear unbiased 4. Implement statistical algorithms using a high- estimation and prediction level statistical programming language 5. Develop the theory of restricted maximum E-mail: [email protected] likelihood Lecture: M W 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM 6. Discuss shrinkage estimation Enrollment minimum of 10 E-mail: [email protected] No Maximum Lecture: T TH 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 10 Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail No Maximum Prerequisite: Prior programming experience; at least one year of doctoral-level Waitlist Enabled: No statistics/biostatistics theory and methods courses; Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 140.776 Prerequisite: 140.751

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 18 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

140.800.01 MPH CAPSTONE BIOSTATISTICS 140.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH BIOSTATISTICS Course offered this year Course offered this year (2 credits) (variable credits) Must have 1-4 credits per term for two terms. Information not required for this course type The MPH Capstone is an opportunity for students to work on public health practice projects that are of Enrollment minimum of 10 particular interest to them. The goal is for students No Maximum to apply the skills and competencies they have acquired to a public health problem that simulates a Waitlist Enabled: No professional practice experience. Grading Options: Pass/Fail Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 140.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH BIOSTATISTICS Course offered this year Enrollment minimum of 10 (variable credits) No Maximum Information not required for this course type Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail Enrollment minimum of 10 Consent required for all students No Maximum Consent from the Capstone Supervisor is Required Waitlist Enabled: No Prerequisite: All other MPH core requirements must Grading Options: Pass/Fail be taken before or concurrently with the capstone project. Registration for this 2-credit course is required during the term that an MPH student completes the capstone project (e.g., 4th term for a full-time MPH student).

140.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH BIOSTATISTICS Course offered this year (variable credits) Information not required for this course type

Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 19 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

140.850.01 ADVANCED SPECIAL TOPICS IN 140.895.01 MPH PRACTICUM: BIOSTATISTICS BIOSTATISTICS Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) (variable credits) Students who have not met the practicum Number of credits will depend on the material being requirement, must register for at least two credits covered The MPH Practicum is a mentored, hands-on Exposes Biostatistics PhD students to advanced practical public health experience, which involves special topics that are not covered in the core meaningful participation and interaction with public courses. Comprises two- and four-week modules, health professionals. with revolving instructors and topics. Possible topics Upon successfully completing this course, include: theory underlying analysis for correlated students will be able to: data; latent variable modeling; advanced survival analysis; image analysis; time series; and likelihood inference. Upon successfully completing this course, Enrollment minimum of 10 students will be able to: No Maximum 1. Identify the central issues Waitlist Enabled: No 2. Demonstrate knowledge of key models, Grading Options: Pass/Fail estimation strategies, theoretical properties, and data displays Clinical Investigation 3. Describe steps for implementing analyses of relevant data 390.710.01 BIOMEDICAL WRITING I 4. Engage in related statistical research Course offered this year Enrollment minimum of 10 (2 credits) No Maximum Poynton,Sarah Waitlist Enabled: No Guides students towards writing a high quality biomedical research paper. Considers each main For Biostatistics PhD students only section of the paper in detail, emphasizing writing Grading Options: Pass/Fail from the reader’s perspective, and practicing all elements of effective academic writing. During the Consent required for all students multi-term course, each student writes a biomedical Consent required only if students have not already research paper, section by section, receives completed PhD core courses constructive critique from their peers, and a line by Prerequisite: Ph.D. core courses or consent from line edit from the instructor. Format includes: the instructors didactic elements, small group work, and class critique of texts written by students, and of selected texts from published papers. Also considers other types of academic writing, such as review articles and letters of recommendation; these elements do not form part of the homework assignments or assessments.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 20 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Upon successfully completing this course, Guides students towards writing a high quality students will be able to: biomedical research paper. Considers each main 1. Write a high quality biomedical research section of the paper in detail, emphasizing writing paper for submission to a peer-reviewed journal from the reader’s perspective, and practicing all elements of effective academic writing. During the multi-term course, each student writes a biomedical 2. Demonstrate logical organization, clear and research paper, section by section, receives effective writing, and an understanding of constructive critique from their peers, and a line by readers’ and reviewers’ expectations line edit from the instructor. Format includes: 3. Describe the content that reviewers expect to didactic elements, small group work, and class see in each of the main sections of a peer- critique of texts written by students, and of selected reviewed biomedical research paper texts from published papers. Also considers other 4. Demonstrate the ability to edit texts, figures types of academic writing, such as review articles and tables for content, form and style and letters of recommendation; these elements do not form part of the homework assignments or 5. Critically analyze, and recommend revisions assessments. to, a draft of a biomedical research paper written by a peer, to improve its organization Upon successfully completing this course, and style students will be able to: 1. Write a high quality biomedical research E-mail: [email protected] paper for submission to a peer-reviewed journal Lecture: TH 8:30 AM - 10:20 AM Enrollment minimum of 4 2. Demonstrate logical organization, clear and effective writing, and an understanding of No Maximum readers’ and reviewers’ expectations Waitlist Enabled: No 3. Describe the content that reviewers expect to Course is primarily for GTPCI students; a max of 2 see in each of the main sections of a peer- non-GTPCI students may be admitted with prior reviewed biomedical research paper approval of the instructor 4. Demonstrate the ability to edit texts, figures Grading Options: Pass/Fail and tables for content, form and style Consent required for some students 5. Critically analyze, and recommend revisions to, a draft of a biomedical research paper Permission is required of all non-GTPCI students written by a peer, to improve its organization Multi-term with 390.711 and style Final grade applies to all terms E-mail: [email protected] Grade issued at the end of 4th term after Lecture: T 3:30 PM - 5:20 PM completion of 390.711 Enrollment minimum of 4 Course Change Information: TargetAud, .01/20/2015; No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No 390.710.02 BIOMEDICAL WRITING I max of 2 non-GTPCI students Course offered this year Grading Options: Pass/Fail (2 credits) Consent required for some students Poynton,Sarah Permission is required of all non-GTPCI students Multi-term with 390.711

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 21 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Final grade applies to all terms 390.801.01 PROFESSIONAL GOALS AND OBJECTIVES Grade issued at the end of 4th term after completion of 390.711. Course offered this year Course Change Information: (1 credits) TargetAud, .01/20/2015; Flexner,Charles and Adkinson,Franklin Consists of didactic sessions focused on careers 390.751.01 SEMINARS IN CLINICAL INVESTIGATION and mentoring, and meetings between students and Course offered this year their academic advisors and/or potential research mentors to identify a single area of research focus (2 credits) and discuss short- and long-term career goals. Flexner,Charles Upon successfully completing this course, Presents issues in clinical research, exemplified by students will be able to: readings from classical papers and contemporary 1. Define the structure of the GTPCI and literature. various requirements of the MHS, ScM, and Upon successfully completing this course, PhD degrees students will be able to: 2. Distinguish between their Academic Advisor 1. Evaluate clinical studies conducted by other and Research Mentor, and the roles of mentors investigators and mentoring 2. Apply different approaches used to answer 3. Determine research and career objectives by the same clinical research questions, and the meeting with their Academic Advisor implications for study design, conduct, and 4. Approach potential research mentors outcome 3. Demonstrate the principles discussed in their 5. Locate potential clinical research projects, of own approach to clinical research relevance to their career E-mail: [email protected] 6. Assess the benchmarks of a successful academic career Lecture: W 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 10 Lecture: T 9:00 AM - 9:50 AM No Maximum Enrollment minimum of 10 Waitlist Enabled: No No Maximum Restricted to GTPCI students, and faculty and staff with active involvement in clinical research. Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Restricted to GTPCI students. Jointly offered with School of Medicine Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 22 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Utilizes the concepts, principles and applications of 390.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH IN CLINICAL the natural and social science disciplines that form INVESTIGATION the basis of environmental health to address a Course offered this year series of selected issues of current importance. In a case-study format, students learn and work as (variable credits) members of a group to investigate the driving forces Information not required for this course type that underlie these issues and explore the values of various strategies of assessment and intervention. Enrollment minimum of 10 Assignments include individual written work and group presentations based upon search of the No Maximum current literature. Focus is on classroom discussion Waitlist Enabled: No and the critical evaluation of approaches to environmental health practice. Integrates the Grading Options: Pass/Fail practical experiences of students in the class wherever possible. 390.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH IN Upon successfully completing this course, CLINICAL INVESTIGATION students will be able to: Course offered this year 1. Work as a member of a team to consider (variable credits) multi-disciplinary approaches to the solution of environmental health problems Information not required for this course type 2. Give critical consideration to information presented in the scientific literature and discuss Enrollment minimum of 10 its use in the assessment of environmental No Maximum hazards Waitlist Enabled: No 3. Discuss the relative merits and disadvantages of various interventions to Grading Options: Pass/Fail protect health in the context of their specific Environmental Health Sciences application 4. Develop strategies to address the multiplicity of factors that often drive seemingly 180.610.01 PRINCIPLES OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH II uncomplicated environmental public health problems Course offered this year E-mail: [email protected] (4 credits) Spannhake,Ernst Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 15 Enrollment maximum of 36 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for all students Consent is required for non-EHS degree candidates. Prerequisite: 180.609.01 Principles of Environmental Health I

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 23 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

180.612.01 ADVANCED ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH None Course offered this year Course Change Information: TargetAud, .02/18/2015; StudentEval, (4 credits) CourseOfferRationaleNote, .01/15/2015; Trush,Michael Since solving environmental issues requires the 180.636.01 HUMAN RIGHTS AND HEALTH SEMINAR integration of multi-disciplinary approaches, Course offered this year students build on the basic principles and concepts presented in Principles of Environmental Health I. (3 credits) Students focus on the foundational knowledge and Lawrence,Robert and Stein,David methods in environmental health needed by doctoral students to prepare for careers in Instruction and student-led discussion broadly environmental health. focuses on these areas: (1) human rights in general, (2) health as a human right, (2) impact of Upon successfully completing this course, health policies, programs and practices on human students will be able to: rights, and (3) collective impacts of human rights 1. Describe the interdisciplinary nature needed violations, whether gross violations in human to address environmental health problems conflict or insidious violations associated with mistreatment of individuals and marginalized 2. Evaluate and critique a body of literature in groups. environmental health in order to assess the state of knowledge and research gaps Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 3. Describe in detail methodologies currently used in environmental health research 1. Discuss and begin to understand the realization of the right to health and its 4. Describe current problems and potential consequences for health practice,based on solutions in environmental health building a "culture of human rights" through 5. Explain research results to technical and lay law, ethics, policy, economics and social norms audiences 2. Describe some governmental obligations for E-mail: [email protected] health under international human rights law and practice or "custom" Lecture: T TH 8:30 AM - 10:20 AM 3. Describe some commonalities between Enrollment minimum of 3 public health and human rights, including No Maximum human rights law Waitlist Enabled: No 4. Discuss application of the human rights framework to the design, implementation, and Enrollment is required for doctoral students in EHS. evaluation of public health policies and Permission from course director required for non- interventions EHS doctoral students and DrPH students. Non- Departmental students will be expected to have 5. Describe some health impacts of human taken a course in environmental health rights violations Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 6. Discuss dilemmas in the application of human rights principles to health research and Consent required for some students practice Enrollment is required for doctoral students in EHS. 7. Discuss some of the numerous roles for Permission from course director required for non- health professionals in documenting and EHS doctoral students and DrPH students. ameliorating human rights violations Prerequisite: Principles of Environmental Health I E-mail: [email protected]

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 24 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Lecture: T W 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM 180.650.01 FUNDAMENTALS OF CLINICAL ONCOLOGY Enrollment minimum of 5 FOR PUBLIC HEALTH PRACTITIONERS Enrollment maximum of 30 Course offered this year Waitlist Enabled: Yes (3 credits) Undergraduates are restricted from taking this Trock,Bruce course Lectures by current practitioners of cancer Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail prevention control in clinical oncology cover the Consent required for all students diagnosis, treatment, and prevention/screening Consent required for all students measures used for cancers such as lung, breast, prostate, colon/rectal, etc. Held in departmental space Upon successfully completing this course, Course Change Information: students will be able to: CourseSectionNote, .04/23/2015; TargetAud, .02/20/2015; 1. Describe the manner of disease presentation, and treatment approaches for major cancers 2. Explain the major differences in prevention studies as compared to treatment studies 3. Define controversies in treatment, screening, and risk assessment 4. Assess whether science is making progress against cancer E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: TH 5:30 PM - 8:00 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for all students Prerequisite: Basic epidemiology and toxicology useful, but not required

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 25 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

180.664.01 GRANT WRITING II 180.800.01 MPH CAPSTONE ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCES Course offered this year Course offered this year (1 credits) Wills-Karp,Marsha (2 credits) Enables doctoral students to attain skills in writing The MPH Capstone is an opportunity for students successful funding proposals—that is, proposals to work on public health practice projects that are of that are likely to receive approval for funding. particular interest to them. The goal is for students Introduces students to grant writing, funding to apply the skills and competencies they have sources, types of NIH grants, how to read an RFA, acquired to a public health problem that simulates a PA or other announcements, and develop a professional practice experience. biosketch. Explores the requirements of a Upon successfully completing this course, successful NIH style grant proposal. students will be able to: Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Identify the appropriate grant mechanism for Enrollment minimum of 10 his or her idea No Maximum 2. Analyze and interpret Requests For Waitlist Enabled: No Applications (RFAs) Grading Options: Pass/Fail 3. Distinguish the appropriate study sections for submissions Consent required for all students 4. Ascertain scoring systems and review Consent from the Capstone Supervisor is Required processes for a variety of proposals Prerequisite: All other MPH core requirements must 5. Construct an F31 Proposal in the requested be taken before or concurrently with the capstone format project. E-mail: [email protected] Registration for this 2-credit course is required during the term that an MPH student completes the Enrollment minimum of 5 capstone project (e.g., 4th term for a full-time MPH Enrollment maximum of 15 student). Waitlist Enabled: Yes Course Change Information: Credit, CreditNote, Prerequisite, EHS PhD students only InstructorConsentId, ConsentNote, Grading Options: Pass/Fail FrequencySchedule, TargetAud, CourseLocation, IRBSurvey, AuditorsAllowedId, ContactPerson, Consent required for some students ContactEmail, ScheduleTypeId, LearningMaterial, Consent is required for students not in EHS .03/17/2015; Prerequisite: 180.661.01 WRITING SCIENTIFIC PAPERS I 180.662.01 WRITING SCIENTIFIC PAPERS II 180.663.01 GRANT WRITING I Multi-term with 180.663 Final grade applies to all terms to be held in departmental space

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 26 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

180.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH 180.860.01 SPECIAL STUDIES MHS ESSAY SCIENCES Course offered this year Course offered this year (1 credits) (variable credits) Required of all students in the departmental MHS Information not required for this course type degree program. Provides the opportunity for the student to work with his/her advisor to formulate, Enrollment minimum of 10 research, finalize, and gain approval of the required essay. No Maximum Information not required for this course type Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum 180.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH Waitlist Enabled: No ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCES Grading Options: Pass/Fail Course offered this year This is the first in a series of three courses required (variable credits) of students in the full-time academic MHS program Information not required for this course type in EHS. Successful completion of this series is necessary for graduation. The student's advisor Enrollment minimum of 10 serves as course instructor. No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

180.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCE Course offered this year (variable credits) Information not required for this course type

Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 27 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

180.880.01 SPECIAL STUDIES IN ENVIRONMENTAL 180.895.01 MPH PRACTICUM: EHS HEALTH/COMMUNITY OUTREACH Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) (variable credits) Students who have not met the practicum Variable 1-3. Per instructor, number of units is requirement, must register for at least two credits decided based upon amount of participation/work The MPH Practicum is a mentored, hands-on the student and the instructor agree upon. practical public health experience, which involves Trush,Michael meaningful participation and interaction with public In the first and second terms, introduces concepts health professionals. of environmental justice and community outreach in Upon successfully completing this course, environmental health by emphasizing ongoing students will be able to: projects in Baltimore. Presentations are by researchers or project directors and their community partners as well as representatives from city and state government. In the third and fourth Enrollment minimum of 10 terms, students have the opportunity to participate No Maximum in ongoing community-based research projects. Waitlist Enabled: No This may serve as an MPH integrating experience. Grading Options: Pass/Fail Information not required for this course type

E-mail: [email protected] 182.621.01 INTRODUCTION TO ERGONOMICS Lecture: T 4:00 PM - 6:00 PM Course offered this year Enrollment minimum of 10 (4 credits) No Maximum Callison,Myrna C. and McCoskey,Kelsey Waitlist Enabled: No Introduces the fundamental principles of Grading Options: Pass/Fail ergonomics, including terminology, concepts, and applications of physiology, anthropometry, Consent required for all students biomechanics, psychology, and engineering to work place and work methods design. Emphasizes the complex relationships among workers, job demands, work place designs, and work methods. Prepares students for advanced study in safety science, industrial hygiene, injury prevention, industrial engineering, and safety and health management. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Identify ergonomic risk factors, select the appropriate assessment tool, and conduct a detailed ergonomic risk assessment 2. Identify and analyze the biomechanical aspects of a manual material handling task and develop design recommendations to reduce the risk of injury

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 28 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

3. Evaluate an office work area for ergonomic concerns and provide design recommendations 182.625.01 PRINCIPLES OF OCCUPATIONAL AND to improve performance and reduce injury risk ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE 4. Assess a work-rest schedule and develop Course offered this year recommendations based on the physical (4 credits) demands of the task, worker characteristics and environmental conditions Lees,Peter 5. Discuss the applicability of various Introduces concepts, terminology, and methodology standardized ergonomic assessment tools, in the practice of industrial hygiene, and identifies including OWAS, RULA, REBA, and the Strain resource materials. Includes lectures, typical Index problems, demonstrations, and a walk-through survey. 6. Discuss various program management issues and the value-added of an integrated Upon successfully completing this course, ergonomics program students will be able to: E-mail: [email protected] 1. Describe the legal, professional, and ethical framework for the practice of industrial hygiene Lecture: F 8:30 AM - 11:50 AM 2. Define basic terms and technical concepts Enrollment minimum of 4 integral to the practice of industrial hygiene Enrollment maximum of 25 3. Explain the differences between chemical (gases/vapors, dusts/mists/fumes), physical, Waitlist Enabled: Yes and biological agents in the workplace Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 4. Calculate time-weighted averages 5. Convert between various units of exposure (for example, mg/m3 to ppm) 6. Calculate and interpret noise exposures and doses 7. Identify the basic concepts of workplace exposure assessment 8. Describe the hierarchy of controls and how it applies to hazard control 9. Integrate various concepts into a broader occupational/environmental health practice E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 29 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

182.637.01 NOISE AND OTHER PHYSICAL AGENTS IN THE 182.810.01 FIELD PLACEMENT ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH ENVIRONMENT ENGINEERING Course offered this year Course offered this year (4 credits) (variable credits) Lees,Peter Information not required for this course type Discusses noise-related topics such as physics of noise propagation and control, noise measurement, Enrollment minimum of 10 hearing anatomy and physiology, and noise- No Maximum induced hearing loss; and covers ionizing and non- ionizing radiation, lasers, and heat stress. Waitlist Enabled: No Upon successfully completing this course, Grading Options: Pass/Fail students will be able to: 1. Describe the components of an acceptable 182.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH hearing conservation program ENGINEERING 2. Define the mechanisms by which noise Course offered this year induces hearing loss (variable credits) 3. Calculate noise exposure metrics and compare them to acceptable exposure criteria Information not required for this course type 4. Operate a sound level meters noise Enrollment minimum of 10 dosimeters No Maximum 5. Define hazard classification system for laser safety programs Waitlist Enabled: No 6. Assess the acceptability of exposures to Grading Options: Pass/Fail radiofrequency non-ionizing radiation 7. Describe basic radiation health concepts and 182.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH methods for detecting ionizing radiation ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH ENGINEERING 8. Assess occupational heat stress risk Course offered this year E-mail: [email protected] (variable credits) Lecture: W F 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM Information not required for this course type Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Grading Options: Pass/Fail Prerequisite: College chemistry and physics, or consent of instructor.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 30 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

3. Prepare a professional report on their 182.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES/RESEARCH findings ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH ENGINEERING 4. Present in an oral seminar setting Course offered this year E-mail: [email protected] (variable credits) Information not required for this course type Enrollment minimum of 1 Enrollment maximum of 25 Enrollment minimum of 10 Waitlist Enabled: Yes No Maximum Grading Options: Pass/Fail Waitlist Enabled: No Consent required for some students Grading Options: Pass/Fail Course only available to MSPH OEH PTIB students - they do not need consent. 182.850.01 SPECIAL STUDIES ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH The student’s advisor serves as course instructor. ENGINEERING MSPH ESSAY Successful completion of the MSPH Essay is Course offered this year required for graduation from the program. (variable credits) Course Change Information: Hybrid, Recommended, StudentEval, Students choose credits based on the milestones CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, for completing the MSPH OEH Essay. The number CommunityInvolvComponent, ContactPerson, of credits will be chosen by the advisor. ContactEmail, StartingOfferYear, Lees,Peter LearningMaterial, WaitList, SectionStartingYear, Students work with their advisors to formulate, AdministrativeCourseFee, CPInstructor, research, finalize, and gain approval of their .08/31/2015; Hybrid, Recommended, master’s essay, which is based on a required CourseFormat, CourseOfferRationaleNote, Independent Professional Project (IPP). Students ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, write the essay as a professional report ContactPerson, ContactEmail, summarizing the findings of the IPP. This AdministrativeCourseFee, .08/31/2015; represents a substantive application of professional technical skills through the process of collecting and summarizing data and reviewing appropriate literature. One credit is awarded at the completion of each of three stages: 1) submission of an acceptable proposal, 2) submission of an acceptable report, and 3) successful completion of a seminar at the end of the program. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Synthesize, integrate, and apply the skills and competencies they have acquired to a workplace exposure assessment/management problem 2. Augment their training by pursuing an independent project within their particular area of interest or specialized competency

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 31 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

183.631.01 FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 183.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH PHYSIOLOGY Course offered this year Course offered this year (4 credits) (variable credits) Tankersley,Clarke and An,Steven Information not required for this course type Encompasses the integration of a variety of organ systems. Invites leading scientists in different fields Enrollment minimum of 10 of physiology to offer exceptional and up-to-date No Maximum lectures that quickly move through the basic mechanistic principles. Applies basic mechanistic Waitlist Enabled: No principles of each organ system to current public Grading Options: Pass/Fail health issues and environmentally relevant topics.

Upon successfully completing this course, 183.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH students will be able to: PHYSIOLOGY 1. Use their discussion of functional principles Course offered this year at the genetic, cellular and organ levels to describe the concepts of integrated systems (variable credits) physiology in humans Information not required for this course type 2. Apply these basic physiological principles to strategies for the solution of current and Enrollment minimum of 10 emerging relevant environmental health issues No Maximum 3. Explain and discuss the significance of these principles in interaction with a broad spectrum Waitlist Enabled: No of public health professionals Grading Options: Pass/Fail E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail

183.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH PHYSIOLOGY Course offered this year (variable credits) Information not required for this course type

Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 32 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

185.801.01 EXPOSURE SCIENCES & ENVIRONMENTAL EPI 186.805.01 MOLECULAR MECHANISMS & JOURNAL CLUB PATHOPHYSIOLOGY JOURNAL CLUB & SEMINAR Course offered this year Course offered this year (1 credits) Heaney,Christopher (1 credits) Provides a forum for students and multiple faculty An,Steven and Biswal,Shyam S. to keep up-to-date on the latest environmental Provides an opportunity for students and health research and get feedback on their research postdoctoral fellows to present scientific papers ideas and projects. Emphasizes active participation from the current literature dealing with mechanisms in discussions of the peer-reviewed literature, the underlying environmental diseases and the most up-to-date research, and the process of methodologies used to study them. Papers are research development. organized around specific themes selected by the Upon successfully completing this course, course instructors. students will be able to: Upon successfully completing this course, 1. Critique peer-reviewed manuscripts students will be able to: 1. Read and critically evaluate scientific papers 2. Explain the peer review process 2. Identify criteria for determining the quality of 3. Discuss and provide feedback on research scientific papers ideas and projects 3. Analyze the methodologies used in each E-mail: [email protected] paper presented Enrollment minimum of 5 4. Assess new methodological approaches in the area of biochemistry, physiology, No Maximum biophysics, cell and molecular biology, Waitlist Enabled: No genomics, and epigenetics Grading Options: Pass/Fail 5. Analyze pathophysiologic pathways of environmental diseases at the molecular, Consent required for some students cellular, tissue, animal model, and human Consent is required for students not in EHS levels To be held in departmental space. Method of E-mail: [email protected] Assessment varies by term. Student assessment is a Self-Assessment unless the student is required to Lecture: M 4:00 PM - 5:00 PM present that term. Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail Consent required for some students yes, for students not in EHS Held in departmental space Course Change Information: .05/01/2015;

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 33 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Reviews the mechanisms by which environmental 187.621.01 PUBLIC HEALTH TOXICOLOGY: ADVANCED toxicants cause chronic diseases such as cancer, TOPICS COPD, asthma and heart diseases that impact Course offered this year public health. Topics include cell signaling pathways involved in oxidative and nitrosative (1 credits) stress, cell growth, cell death, DNA repair, Bressler,Joseph inflammation and carcinogenesis in response to exposure to air pollutants, metals and other Complements Public Health Toxicology and environmental toxicants. Presents most recent provides students with additional depth of technological advances in the molecular and information regarding topics discussed concurrently genetic tools available to study how environmental in the Toxicology core curriculum. Students are toxicants cause diseases, which includes omics assigned review articles from the literature and technologies (genomics, proteomics and primary research papers. Students discuss the data metabolomics), next-generation sequencing for from such papers and an overview of the literature gene expression and genetic variations, transgenic with Toxicology faculty at weekly meetings. animals and emerging alternative animal models. Upon successfully completing this course, Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: students will be able to: 1. Critically read and review scientific papers in 1. Analyze and discuss the literature regarding Toxicology a wide array of topics relevant to molecular 2. Analyze many of the laboratory techniques toxicology, including the molecular response to used in Toxicology research as they are environmental stress and pathways of presented in the literature carcinogenesis and DNA repair E-mail: [email protected] 2. Describe various gene-environment interactions that lead to either cell adaptation, Lecture: T 4:00 PM - 5:20 PM cell death or disease in response to toxins in Enrollment minimum of 10 the environment No Maximum 3. Discuss the application of various state-of- the-art techniques for molecular analyses, Waitlist Enabled: No including genomics, proteomics and Grading Options: Pass/Fail metabolomics, next-gen sequencing, transgenic animal model and alternative animal models for Students must register for all four terms of this research course. E-mail: [email protected] 187.632.01 MOLECULAR TOXICOLOGY Lecture: M W F 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM Course offered this year Enrollment minimum of 6 (4 credits) No Maximum Biswal,Shyam S. and Culotta,Valeria Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: A basic course in molecular biology or consent of instructor

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 34 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

MSPH Track in Toxicity Testing and Human Health Consent required for students not in the MSPH Risk Assessment & MHS in Environmental Health, Track in Toxicity Testing and Human Health Risk HTP track Students must take 187.640 Toxicology Assessment or MHS in Environmental Health, HTP 21: Scientific Foundations concurrently. Students in track other programs are encouraged to do the same. Prerequisite: 187.610 Public Health Toxicology Course Change Information: MSPH Track in Toxicity Testing and Human Health Hybrid, Recommended, CourseFormat, Risk Assessment & MHS in Environmental Health, ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, HTP track Students must take 187.632 Molecular CourseSectionNote, .07/06/2015; Prerequisite, Toxicology concurrently. StudentEval, TargetAud, LearningMaterial, AdministrativeCourseFee, .06/30/2015; Course Change Information: Hybrid, Recommended, CourseFormat, 187.640.01 TOXICOLOGY 21: SCIENTIFIC FOUNDATIONS ClassroomNeeds, ScheduleTypeId, .07/27/2015; Hybrid, Recommended, CourseFormat, Course offered this year ClassroomNeeds, .07/13/2015; Hybrid, (1 credits) Recommended, InstructorConsentId, ConsentNote, TargetAud, CourseFormat, Bressler,Joseph and Yager,James ClassroomNeeds, CourseSectionNote, Provides students with fundamental knowledge of ScheduleTypeId, .07/06/2015; Hybrid, the emerging science driving new strategies for Recommended, StudentEval, CourseFormat, human risk assessment. Topics include ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, toxicokinetics, xenobiotic activation and inactivation, AdministrativeCourseFee, .06/30/2015; systems biology, and databases for toxicity testing. CourseOfferRationaleNote, ScheduleTypeId, Presents case studies that have used different data .12/16/2014; bases for toxicity testing. Students have hands-on experiences using the databases and other Web- 187.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH TOXICOLOGICAL based applications. SCIENCES Upon successfully completing this course, Course offered this year students will be able to: (variable credits) 1. Discuss the metabolism of xenobiotics Information not required for this course type 2. Apply the principles of xenobiotic metabolism and drug-drug interaction to pharmacokinetics Enrollment minimum of 10 and toxicokinetics No Maximum 3. Explain the basis of differences in xenobiotic metabolism in different populations Waitlist Enabled: No 4. Analyze the scientific evidence for the Grading Options: Pass/Fail development of new toxicity testing strategies E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T 10:30 AM - 11:20 AM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for some students

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 35 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Upon successfully completing this course, 187.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH TOXICOLOGICAL students will be able to: SCIENCES 1. Define the aspects of land use, energy use, Course offered this year food production and distribution, water use, and (variable credits) population growth that contribute to environmental degradation Information not required for this course type 2. Analyze how peak petroleum (AKA "after peak oil"), political obstacles, economic Enrollment minimum of 10 interests, and federal indebtedness influence No Maximum how we address these issues Waitlist Enabled: No 3. Define how the "drivers" in #1 above cause climate change, ecosystem degradation, Grading Options: Pass/Fail species losses, biodiversity losses, and other resource depletions 187.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH 4. Begin to develop an analytic framework for TOXICOLOGICAL SCIENCES how we should address these issues to prevent Course offered this year the major health risks they present (variable credits) E-mail: [email protected] Information not required for this course type Lecture: TH 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail Grading Options: Pass/Fail Prerequisite: Global Environment and Public Health, 180.611.01 188.688.01 GLOBAL SUSTAINABILITY & HEALTH SEMINAR Course offered this year 188.810.01 FIELD PLACEMENT OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH (1 credits) Parker,Cindy Course offered this year Students and faculty discuss the causes, (variable credits) consequences, and implications of key global Information not required for this course type environmental challenges that we are facing and that are likely to become more challenging over Enrollment minimum of 10 time. Specifically addresses how land use (e.g., patterns of urban growth and suburban sprawl), No Maximum energy use, food production and distribution, water Waitlist Enabled: No use, and population growth are causing climate Grading Options: Pass/Fail change, ecosystem degradation, biodiversity losses, species extinctions, and other resource depletion, and how all this is in turn is a threat to human health as individuals, in communities, and globally. Focuses on discussion and not lectures and will utilize a mix of movies, guest discussants, and student directed discussions.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 36 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

188.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH OCCUPATIONAL AND 340.611.01 METHODOLOGIC ISSUES IN CANCER ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH EPIDEMIOLOGY Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) (3 credits) Information not required for this course type Visvanathan,Kala Covers methodologic issues in the conduct of Enrollment minimum of 10 research in cancer etiology, prevention and control. No Maximum Topics include use of pooling and meta-analysis, interactions, measurement error, biomarkers and Waitlist Enabled: No risk prediction models. Grading Options: Pass/Fail Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 188.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH OCCUPATIONAL 1. Assess the readiness of biomarkers for AND ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH studies of cancer epidemiology Course offered this year 2. Identify issues related to measurement error and validation (variable credits) 3. Test for and interpret interactions Information not required for this course type 4. Analyze the risks and benefits of cancer Enrollment minimum of 10 prevention measures No Maximum 5. Design a meta-analysis or pooled analysis Waitlist Enabled: No 6. Evaluate intermediate end-points Grading Options: Pass/Fail 7. Interpret evidence from screening studies

188.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH E-mail: [email protected] OCCUPATIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM HEALTH Enrollment minimum of 3 Course offered this year Enrollment maximum of 8 (variable credits) Waitlist Enabled: Yes Information not required for this course type Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Enrollment minimum of 10 Consent required for all students No Maximum Instructor requires consent Waitlist Enabled: No Prerequisite: 340.753 and 340.624 Grading Options: Pass/Fail 340.620.01 PRINCIPLES OF CLINICAL EPIDEMIOLOGY Epidemiology Course offered this year (2 credits) Young,J. Hunter and Monroe,Anne Kress

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 37 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Presents lectures and interactive sessions designed to expose students to basic principles of clinical 340.624.01 ETIOLOGY, PREVENTION, AND CONTROL OF epidemiology and introduce key methods utilized in CANCER clinical outcomes research. Focuses on principles Course offered this year and methods in clinical epidemiology which would be most utilized by clinicians/clinician researchers (4 credits) for screening and diagnosis of illness as well as for Joshu,Corinne prognostication and decision-making. Incorporates Emphasizes the role of epidemiology in cancer principles and methods related to measurement of prevention and control. Compares and contrasts the relevant patient outcomes such as patient descriptive epidemiology, natural history, and preferences and health related quality of life. pathologic and biologic characteristics of selected Introduces methods and issues in studying clinical common cancers, as well as factors related to their effectiveness of health care technologies and etiology. Describes specific resources available for providers (e.g. administrative data). cancer studies. Discusses the influence of Upon successfully completing this course, environmental and genetic factors and their students will be able to: interplay on the development of cancer together 1. Describe the origins of clinical epidemiology with the epidemiologic issues involved in their as a discipline and what void in the health investigation. Provides overview of problems sciences clinical epidemiology has filled involved in cancer prevention and screening. 2. Calculate and describe the advantages and Upon successfully completing this course, disadvantages of using likelihood ratios and students will be able to: ROC curves to evaluate diagnostic tests 1. Describe the epidemiology of and major risk 3. Complete and utilize simple decision factors for selected cancers analysis trees 2. Identify effective strategies for cancer 4. Describe the advantages and disadvantages prevention and control at the population level of using clinical trials, observational studies, E-mail: [email protected] decision analyses and meta-analysis techniques to develop clinical practice Lecture: M W F 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM guidelines Enrollment minimum of 5 5. Describe important outcomes, and issues in No Maximum measuring those outcomes, when evaluating a medical technology or practice Waitlist Enabled: No E-mail: [email protected] Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: 340.751-752, or 340.721 concurrently Lecture: T 8:00 AM - 10:20 AM or previously 340.601 Enrollment minimum of 10 340.624 combines materials from 340.624 and No Maximum 340.625 as well as 340.609. Students who have Waitlist Enabled: No previously taken 340.625 or 340.609 should not take this course. Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Course Change Information: Prerequisite: 340.751 (Epidemiologic Methods 1) Hybrid, Recommended, RecommendedNote, Prerequisite, CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, ClassroomNeedsNote, CommunityInvolvComponent, AdministrativeCourseFee, .08/28/2015;

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 38 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

340.627.01 EPIDEMIOLOGY OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES 340.640.01 EYE DISEASE: EPIDEMIOLOGY AND CONTROL Course offered this year Course offered this year (4 credits) (1 credits) Nelson,Kenrad and Rodriguez-Barraquer,Isabel West,Sheila and Swenor,Bonnielin Sceurman Introduces the basic methods for infectious disease Lectures and small group discussions present the epidemiology and case studies of important disease pathology, clinical manifestations, epidemiology, syndromes and entities. Methods include definitions treatment, and control of the major blinding and nomenclature, outbreak investigations, disease diseases, including cataract, glaucoma, surveillance, case-control studies, cohort studies, onchocerciasis, trachoma, vitamin A deficiency, and laboratory diagnosis, molecular epidemiology, age-related macular degeneration. dynamics of transmission, and assessment of Upon successfully completing this course, vaccine field effectiveness. Case-studies focus on students will be able to: acute respiratory infections, diarrheal diseases, hepatitis, HIV, tuberculosis, sexually transmitted 1. Understand fundamental pathology and diseases, malaria, and other vector-borne diseases. clinical manifestations of major blinding eye diseases Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 2. Describe features of the epidemiology, treatment, and control of the major blinding 1. Describe and discuss the main diseases epidemiological characteristics of the major infectious diseases of humans 3. Write a short paper describing a new research project addressing risk factors for a 2. Describe how these epidemiological major blinding eye disease characteristics can be utilized to develop and evaluate strategies to prevent epidemics or 4. Experience a true, inescapable, class endemic transmission of the major infections of deadline for a paper which prepares students humans for the real world of grant deadlines 3. Identify and examine epidemiological E-mail: [email protected] characteristics such as incubation period, Lecture: T 3:30 PM - 4:20 PM infectious period, means of transmission and reservoir of these infectious diseases Enrollment minimum of 8 E-mail: [email protected] No Maximum Lecture: M W F 3:30 PM - 5:20 PM Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 10 Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail No Maximum Prerequisite: 340.601, and 140.621 or former 140.601 Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 39 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

(3 credits) 340.645.01 INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL TRIALS Segal,Jodi Course offered this year Acquaints students with the key elements of (3 credits) pharmacoepidemiology. Explores the utilization and Holbrook,Janet and Drye,Lea effects of drugs in large numbers of people. Discusses the application of epidemiological Introduces clinical trial design in the context of methods to pharmacological issues. Focuses epidemiological concepts, covers various topics in heavily on questions of pharmacodynamics, the design and conduct of clinical trials, and profiles concentrating on clinical patient outcomes and on clinical trials that illustrate these issues. Topics therapeutics (i.e., appropriate use of drugs). Applies include the definition and history of clinical trials; the research methods of clinical epidemiology (e.g., trial designs, including phase I-IV, cross-over, randomized trials, cohort studies, case-control factorial, and large, simple designs; internal and studies) to the content area of pharmacology (e.g., external validity; controls, randomization, and determinants of beneficial and adverse drug effects, masking; ethical issues; data analysis principles; effects of genetic variation on drug effect, dose- monitoring of accumulating safety and efficacy response relationships, duration-response data; and use of data from randomized trials. relationships, clinical effects of potential drug-drug Upon successfully completing this course, interactions, effects of non-adherence). Examines students will be able to: programmatic efforts to improve medication use on a population basis. 1. Present the scientific rationale for conducting clinical trials Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 2. Assess various clinical trial designs 1. Describe the development of the drug 3. Discuss randomization and the principle of regulation processes in the United States analysis by assigned treatment 2. Recognize the role of industry in drug 4. Discuss ethical issues in clinical trials and development with related U.S. regulations and guidelines for 3. Appraise pharmacovigilance systems the conduct of trials 5. Illustrate topics with examples of clinical 4. Access different data sources for trials pharmacoepidemiology studies and their strengths and limitations E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M W F 1:30 PM - 2:20 PM 5. Apply epidemiological techniques to Enrollment minimum of 15 questions about drug effectiveness or drug safety Enrollment maximum of 75 6. Recognize the role of industry in drug Waitlist Enabled: Yes development Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 7. Explain the drug approval process in the US Consent required for all students If auditing if prerequisite not met E-mail: [email protected] Prerequisite: 340.601 or 340.751 Lecture: T TH 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM Enrollment minimum of 5 340.682.01 PHARMACOEPIDEMIOLOGY METHODS Enrollment maximum of 30 Course not offered until 2016 - 2017 Waitlist Enabled: Yes

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 40 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

graduate students only 340.699.01 EPIDEMIOLOGY OF SENSORY LOSS IN AGING Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: 340.601 or 340.751 or 550.695 Course offered this year (3 credits) 340.697.01 SPATIAL ANALYSIS II: SPATIAL DATA Ramulu,Pradeep and Lin,Frank TECHNOLOGIES Introduces biologic, epidemiologic and clinical Course offered this year aspects of aging-related declines in the auditory, visual, and vestibular systems. Demonstrates (2 credits) methods of assessment of sensory function for Shields,Timothy and Curriero,Frank epidemiologic studies. Reviews current Examines technologies for collecting, obtaining and epidemiologic knowledge of sensory function and creating spatial data. Technologies considered aging-related outcomes in older adults, including include, but are not limited to GPS, tablets, tracking the epidemiology and consequences of dual devices, cell phones, mHealth, Google Earth, sensory loss. Presents areas for future research remote sensing applications, and the Internet. and opportunities for intervention and prevention. Introduces software applications such as ArcGIS, Upon successfully completing this course, QGIS, ERDAS, and R for integrating spatial data students will be able to: from the aforementioned technologies into useable 1. Evaluate potential explanations for forms for spatial analysis. Also covers metadata, epidemiologic associations between sensory data accuracy, and confidentiality/disclosure issues. impairments and gerontologic outcomes Upon successfully completing this course, 2. Describe key epidemiologic and public students will be able to: health questions pertaining to sensory 1. Incorporate appropriate spatial data impairments and gerontology that remain technologies for public health research and unanswered and unresolved practice applications 3. Identify and compare commonly used 2. Design a protocol for collecting, obtaining measures of sensory function and the strengths and/or creating spatial data for a public health and limitations of these measures in research or practice application epidemiologic studies in older adults 3. Assess the accuracy of spatial data and E-mail: [email protected] develop proper metadata files Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 6 Lecture: W 3:30 PM - 5:20 PM No Maximum Enrollment minimum of 10 Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment maximum of 72 Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Waitlist Enabled: Yes Prerequisite: 340.601 Principles of Epidemiology or none 340.721 Epidemiologic Inference in Public Health or Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 340.751 Epidemiologic Methods in Public Health I Prerequisite: Experience with or knowledge of Core course for the new MPH Concentration in mapping software or concepts is recommended Aging & Public Health (Co-Directors: Michelle Carlson and Qian-Li Xue) Jointly offered with BIOSTAT Course Change Information: StudentEval, .08/31/2015;

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 41 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Course offered this year 340.717.01 HEALTH SURVEY RESEARCH METHODS (3 credits) Course offered this year Beaty,Terri (4 credits) Second offering in a four-quarter series of graduate Sherman,Susan and Wirtz,Andrea courses in Genetic Epidemiology. Details the Presents health survey design; sampling concepts of linkage disequilibrium and population methodologies; questionnaire construction and genetics, including methods for admixture analysis administration; interviewing; coding procedures;. useful for adjusting for individual variation in genetic Intended for advanced students. ancestry/background. Presents the principles of genetic association analyses for quantitative and Upon successfully completing this course, qualitative phenotypes for population-based students will be able to: studies. Details the concepts and tools related to 1. Develop, test, revise and administer a confounding due to population stratification, and questionnaire approaches for genome-wide association studies. 2. Discuss ethical issues of survey research Introduces methods for linkage analysis in families and use of high-throughput sequence data (whole 3. Describe different types of formative exome and whole genome). Selected class research and how it informs survey sessions are dedicated to computer labs to illustrate development the methods covered, and student presentations of published studies drawn from the recent scientific 4. Discuss theory, frameworks, and contexts of literature. questionnaire development 5. Gain experience in designing, revising and Upon successfully completing this course, administering questionnaires students will be able to: 6. Compare and contrast sampling and 1. Demonstrate the concepts of linkage recruitment methods appropriate for survey disequilibrium and explain haplotype analysis research 2. Discuss the concept of genetic admixture 7. Describe the process of data collection and and confounding by ancestry in the context of quality control epidemiology studies 8. Gain experience in preparing a research 3. Describe the various design strategies for report and presenting results from a survey genetic studies and discuss the advantages and disadvantages of each E-mail: [email protected] 4. Perform genetic association tests in Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM population-based samples, in either prospective or retrospective designs Enrollment minimum of 10 5. Apply tools to adjust for confounding by Enrollment maximum of 55 ancestry Waitlist Enabled: Yes 6. Apply the above concepts in the context of Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail genome-wide association studies Consent required for some students 7. Perform and interpret linkage analyses on family data limit of three auditors 8. Explain the difference between genetic Prerequisite: 340.601 or 340.751 (one course in association and genetic linkage studies epidemiologic methods) and 140.621 or 140.651.

340.732.01 PRINCIPLES OF GENETIC EPIDEMIOLOGY 2

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 42 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

9. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of sequencing (whole exome/whole genome) 340.744.01 ADVANCED TOPICS ON CONTROL AND studies compared to candidate gene or PREVENTION OF HIV/AIDS genome-wide marker based studies Course offered this year 10. Describe and evaluate methods for quality (4 credits) control of data from genome-wide marker studies Farzadegan,Homayoon E-mail: [email protected] Focuses on directed readings and discussion on the science and pathogenesis of HIV/AIDS. Covers Lecture: T TH 9:00 AM - 10:20 AM dynamics of the HIV epidemic in the populated world, difficulties and contrasts between clinical Enrollment minimum of 10 management of HIV/AIDS in developed and No Maximum developing countries, prevention and control Waitlist Enabled: No modalities against HIV/AIDS, and predicting patterns of future growth of the HIV/AIDS epidemic Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail with special reference to global economic impact of Consent required for some students HIV vaccine and eradication issues of HIV/AIDS. Consent required for those without 340.731. Upon successfully completing this course, Prerequisite: Principles of genetic epidemiology 1 students will be able to: (340.731.01) and/or permission of instructor. 1. Discuss the basic science of recent discoveries of HIV/AIDS pathogenesis 2. Describe the new targets for anti-HIV drugs and long-term side effects of current drugs 3. Discuss HIV treatment issues in developed and developing countries 4. Analyze the impact of co-infections with other microbial infections of HIV/AIDS epidemiology and pathogenesis 5. Identify preventive measures against HIV infection in the forms of microbicides and behavioral changes 6. Discuss the HIV pandemic in different countries, particularly with respect to the potential explosion of the HIV epidemic E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 5 Enrollment maximum of 25 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: 340.646

340.752.01 EPIDEMIOLOGIC METHODS 2

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 43 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Course offered this year No auditors permitted. (5 credits) Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail D’Souza,Gypsyamber and Ehrhardt,Stephan Consent required for some students Second offering in the Epidemiologic Methods Consent required for special students and non- sequence. Builds on the concepts of epidemiologic JHSPH students. reasoning, population health measures, validity, Prerequisite: Epidemiologic Methods 1 (340.751), and study design taught in Epidemiologic Methods Statistical Methods in Public Health I (140.621) or 1. Provides a detailed presentation of causal Methods in Biostatistics I (140.651), and prior or inference, study design and threats to validity concurrent enrollment in Statistical Methods in (confounding, information bias and selection bias). Public Health II (140.622) or Methods in Discusses a wide range of epidemiologic designs in Biostatistics II (140.652). detail, together with their advantages and limitations. Laboratory exercises, assignments, and You must register for one lab 340.952 when you the MiniProject provide experience with applying register for this course. Labs begin at 10:15 AM. concepts and calculations to problems drawn from Course Change Information: real epidemiological data and published literature. Hybrid, Recommended, StudentEval, Upon successfully completing this course, CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, students will be able to: CommunityInvolvComponent, AdministrativeCourseFee, .09/17/2015; 1. Understand how epidemiologists evaluate .02/23/2015; whether an observed association likely reflects a causal relationship 2. Compare and contrast epidemiologic study designs and identify questions that can be appropriately answered with these different designs 3. Recognize and analyze the most important threats to validity: confounding, information bias, and selection bias 4. Analyze and interpret effect modification 5. Design and critically assess epidemiologic studies E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M W F 8:30 AM - 9:50 AM Lab: M W 10:00 AM-11:50 AM Lab: M W 10:00 AM-11:50 AM Lab: M F 10:00 AM-11:50 AM Lab: M F 10:00 AM-11:50 AM Special Lab Number: 340.952 Enrollment minimum of 30 Enrollment maximum of 230 Waitlist Enabled: Yes

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 44 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

340.770.01 PUBLIC HEALTH SURVEILLANCE 340.800.01 MPH CAPSTONE EPIDEMIOLOGY Course offered this year Course offered this year (3 credits) (2 credits) Castillo-Salgado,Carlos and Peterson,Amy Must have 1-4 credits per term for two terms. Acquaints students with Public Health Surveillance, The MPH Capstone is an opportunity for students which is a core public health function essential for to work on public health practice projects that are of understanding and monitoring population health. particular interest to them. The goal is for students Covers the theory, data collection methods, data to apply the skills and competencies they have analysis techniques, and presentation strategies of acquired to a public health problem that simulates a the systematic, continuous, analysis and professional practice experience. interpretation of population health data to inform Upon successfully completing this course, planning, implementation, and evaluation of public students will be able to: health practice. Students identify the different types of surveillance, and how each is applied in varied settings. Practical experiences/labs involve creating data collection tools, and reviewing how they can Enrollment minimum of 10 be applied in practice. Real-world surveillance data No Maximum is used to illustrate methods for analysis, and how surveillance data should be presented to different Waitlist Enabled: No audiences. Guests who are coordinating and Grading Options: Pass/Fail conducting surveillance in different community settings lead interactive discussion sessions. Consent required for all students Upon successfully completing this course, Consent from the Capstone Supervisor is Required students will be able to: Prerequisite: All other MPH core requirements must be taken before or concurrently with the capstone E-mail: [email protected] project. Lecture: T TH 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM Registration for this 2-credit course is required Enrollment minimum of 10 during the term that an MPH student completes the capstone project (e.g., 4th term for a full-time MPH Enrollment maximum of 55 student). Waitlist Enabled: Yes Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 340.810.01 FIELD PLACEMENT EPIDEMIOLOGY Prerequisite: 340.601 or 340.721 Course offered this year (variable credits) Information not required for this course type

Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 45 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

340.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH EPIDEMIOLOGY 340.860.01 CURRENT TOPICS IN EPIDEMIOLOGIC RESEARCH Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) Upon successfully completing this course, (1 credits) students will be able to: Provides an overview of current research in the Department and in the field of epidemiology, and offers an opportunity for discussion and clarification of epidemiologic methods as applied in research Enrollment minimum of 10 settings. No Maximum Upon successfully completing this course, Waitlist Enabled: No students will be able to: Grading Options: Pass/Fail 1. Discuss current epidemiologic research being conducted by or in collaboration with the JHSPH Department of Epidemiology 340.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH EPIDEMIOLOGY 2. Interact with Department faculty and Course offered this year epidemiologic researchers (variable credits) 3. Discuss topics related to professional development as an epidemiologist Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Lecture: F 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail Grading Options: Pass/Fail

340.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH EPIDEMIOLOGY Course offered this year (variable credits) Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to:

Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 46 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

340.863.01 DOCTORAL SEMINARS IN EPIDEMIOLOGY 340.871.01 WELCH CENTER RESEARCH SEMINAR Course offered this year Course offered this year (3 credits) (1 credits) Duggal,Priya and Celentano,David Selvin,Elizabeth Provides a forum in which the doctoral students Students, postdoctoral fellows, and faculty present present and discuss papers on topics relevant to scientific papers from the current and/or classic epidemiologic principles and practice. Topics literature dealing with epidemiologic research, with include issues in measurement, causal reasoning, a focus on clinical and cardiovascular epidemiology. confounding, and multilevel modeling. Faculty Emphasizes presentation skills and the ability to guides selection of topics and readings, and critically evaluate scientific papers. Uses a journal- facilitates active dialog among seminar participants. club format in which one or more papers are Upon successfully completing this course, distributed in advance. Participants are expected to students will be able to: read and discuss the assigned material. Media reporting/coverage in the lay and medical press is explicitly discussed related to the article. Provides a forum for the discussion of the appropriate use of E-mail: [email protected] statistical methods for various study designs. Lecture: T 3:30 PM - 5:20 PM Upon successfully completing this course, Enrollment minimum of 5 students will be able to: Enrollment maximum of 30 1. Read and critically evaluate scientific papers Waitlist Enabled: Yes 2. Give a presentation and lead a discussion related to a research article second year doctoral students in Epidemiology 3. Critique analytic methods in the published Grading Options: Pass/Fail literature Consent required for some students 4. Describe the strengths and weaknesses of Consent required for students who have not passed various methodological approaches in clinical the comprehensive exam. epidemiology and cardiovascular epidemiology Prerequisite: Successful completion of 340.754 or E-mail: [email protected] 340.764 and departmental written comprehensive exam Lecture: T 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment maximum of 25 Waitlist Enabled: Yes MHS, ScM, DrPH, PhD, and ScD students in Epidemiology only. Others by permission of instructor. Grading Options: Pass/Fail Consent required for all students All students must request consent.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 47 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

340.895.01 MPH PRACTICUM: EPIDEMIOLOGY 550.002.01 ENGLISH FOR ACADEMIC PURPOSES II Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) (0 credits) Students who have not met the practicum Hong Smith,Vicki requirement, must register for at least two credits Focuses on academic writing skills including The MPH Practicum is a mentored, hands-on documentation styles, and combines Saturday class practical public health experience, which involves meetings with online assignments and one meaningful participation and interaction with public individual conference. health professionals. Upon successfully completing this course, Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: students will be able to: 1. Apply strategies used in the three main stages of the writing process; spiral strategies include brain storming, outlining, drafting, Enrollment minimum of 10 proofreading, rewriting and editing No Maximum 2. Formulate an effective thesis statement Waitlist Enabled: No 3. Support thesis with concrete supporting Grading Options: Pass/Fail details 4. Avoid global errors such as fragments, run- Extradepartmental on/splice sentences, dangling modifiers 5. Avoid errors in tenses and agreements 6. Correctly incorporate quotation, summary, and paraphrase when citing outside sources 7. Correctly apply required parenthetical documentation and bibliographical documentation format E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: SA 10:30 AM - 3:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 5 Enrollment maximum of 15 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for all students

Multi-term with 550.001 Final grade applies to all terms

550.601.01 IMPLEMENTATION RESEARCH AND PRACTICE Course offered this year

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 48 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

(3 credits) 550.629.01 INTRODUCTION TO SEXUAL ORIENTATION, Davey-Rothwell,Melissa and Alonge,Olakunle GENDER IDENTITY, AND PUBLIC HEALTH Combines didactic methods and group activities to explore the rapidly evolving topic of implementation Course offered this year as it pertains to public health research and (3 credits) practice. Provides an overview of the concepts, the Poteat,Tonia and Beyrer,Chris theories, tools, and methods used to advance implementation research and practice. Presents Introduces constructs of sexual orientation and key principles of implementation science from a gender identity in the context of public health. multidisciplinary perspective and provides practical Explores historical, epidemiological, and social applications of those principles in both practice and perspectives related to the physical and mental research-based settings. health of lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender (LGBT) individuals and communities. Orients Upon successfully completing this course, students to current and historic epidemiological and students will be able to: contextual issues that shape what is known about 1. Identify the relevant nomenclature and LGBT health, presents an overview of LGBT health disciplines that contribute to implementation disparities and interventions, and develops a research and practice in order to develop future foundation for critical thinking about LGBT health implementation projects. research and intervention potential. Discusses 2. Apply key implementation science constructs LGBT issues from both U.S. and global and theories to public health problems. perspectives. 3. Distinguish implementation outcomes from Upon successfully completing this course, efficacy, service, and client outcomes. students will be able to: 4. Apply strategies for improving the adoption 1. Identify gaps in LGBT health research of evidence-based interventions in a variety of 2. Discuss social, historical, and contextual setting. factors that have shaped LGBT health 5. Characterize different types of evidence in 3. Critically read public health literature related public health interventions and frameworks for to LGBT health evaluating evidence. 4. Apply an ecological perspective to LGBT 6. Recognize and critically evaluate common health, identifying individual, social, community, study designs and methods for addressing and societal influences on the health and health implementation research aims. behaviors of LGBT individuals 7. Develop an implementation research and 5. Identify and compare examples of effective practice grant proposal by applying concepts, public health interventions for LGBT theories, and methods in implementation populations science to public health problems. E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected], Lecture: T TH 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM Lecture: M W 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM Enrollment minimum of 7 Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Graduate students and postdoctoral fellows Prerequisite: 340.601 or 340.751 Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Jointly offered with EPI,HBS Jointly offered with EPI,HBS,HPM,IH

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 49 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Students conduct a project involving a defined 550.854.01 SEMINAR FOR MPH CONCENTRATION IN denominator population at a community-based SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES II organization or local health department. They also Course offered this year participate in seminar sessions which cover basic methods of outreach to community organizations, (1 credits) attitudes and values about the role of professionals Bowie,Janice and Kennedy,Caitlin in community-based work, the social contract required of service professionals, and the attitudes Provides additional skills necessary to successfully required for effective public health practice. complete a Capstone Project related to social and behavioral sciences. Identifies career paths that Upon successfully completing this course, MPH graduates interested in social and behavioral students will be able to: aspects of public health can follow. 1. Describe in detail, as well as summarize, the Upon successfully completing this course, development and operation of an on-going students will be able to: community-based public health project 1. List the steps in protocol or grant 2. Describe the organizational structure of one development, conducting a comprehensive particular public health practice site and its literature review and other types of Capstone relationship with its community Projects 3. Demonstrate practical methods for promoting 2. Identify career paths that MPH graduates partnerships between communities, public interested in social and behavioral aspects of health agencies, academic institutions, and public health can follow community-based organizations E-mail: [email protected] 4. Explain the basic concepts of community- based participatory research, service-learning, Lecture: W 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM and civic professionalism Enrollment minimum of 10 5. Articulate their values and attitudes about No Maximum community engagement and ways of developing partnerships Waitlist Enabled: No 6. Demonstrate effective communication and Grading Options: Pass/Fail presentation skills, as well as how to give and Jointly offered with HBS,IH receive constructive feedback from peers, supervisors, and community members 7. List and briefly describe in their final 550.864.01 BALTIMORE COMMUNITY PRACTICUM presentation and paper, the ten most important Course offered this year items of content learned from their faculty and preceptors and documented in their journal (variable credits) 1-4 per term E-mail: [email protected] Levin,Mindi Lecture: T 3:30 PM - 4:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment maximum of 20 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Grading Options: Pass/Fail Consent required for all students Prerequisite: None

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 50 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

550.867.01 INTRODUCTION TO MPH STUDIES 550.870.01 SS/R: OCCUPATIONAL MEDICINE RESIDENCY- PRACTICUM YEAR Course offered this year Course offered this year (0 credits) Diener-West,Marie (variable credits) Introduces full-time MPH students to their Depends on rotations, courses, and research educational program. Includes discussion group workload. sessions with summer mentor faculty, enrichment Litow,Francesca and Schwartz,Brian seminars, required readings, and a final paper. Occupational medicine resident physicians peform Upon successfully completing this course, a series of clinical, administrative, regulatory, and students will be able to: plant-based rotations throughout the year. 1. Define the interdisciplinary nature of public Information not required for this course type health E-mail: [email protected] 2. Articulate national and international perspectives of public health problems Enrollment minimum of 10 3. Plan their educational program through the No Maximum Individual Goals Analysis Paper Waitlist Enabled: No E-mail: [email protected] Residency training. Enrollment minimum of 10 Grading Options: Pass/Fail No Maximum Consent required for all students Waitlist Enabled: No Must have approval of program director. Full-time MPH students completing program in 11 months (starting in July and ending in May) Grading Options: Pass/Fail Administered by the faculty on the MPH executive board who will be serving as mentors to the students. The faculty advisors will review the final paper (the goals analysis). Course Change Information: SectionNumber, CourseFormat, CourseOfferRationaleNote, .05/26/2015;

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 51 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Prepare residents in the theoretical, practical, and 550.880.01 SS/R: GENERAL PREVENTIVE MEDICINE clinical knowledge and skills essential to leadership RESIDENCY-MPH roles in the design, management, and evaluation of Course offered this year population-based approaches to health. (1 credits) Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Lam,Clarence 1. Prepare residents in the theoretical, Forthcoming practical, and clinical knowledge and skills Upon successfully completing this course, essential to leadership roles in the design, students will be able to: management, and evaluation of population- based approaches to health 1. Prepare residents in the theoretical, practical, and clinical knowledge and skills 2. Provide training in the teaching, research, essential to leadership roles in the design, and practice of preventive medicine management, and evaluation of population- 3. Instill in residents the ability to synthesize based approaches to health clinical and population-based approaches to 2. Provide training in the teaching, research, disease prevention and health promotion and practice of preventive medicine 4. Enable residents to view health issues on a 3. Instill in residents the ability to synthesize broad continuum from local to international clinical and population-based approaches to perspective disease prevention and health promotion 5. Apply knowledge toward the protection of the 4. Enable residents to view health issues on a public's health broad continuum from local to international 6. Provide residents with the management and perspective epidemiologic skills needed to address the 5. Apply knowledge toward the protection of the overall health needs of underserved public's health populations 6. Provide residents with the management and 7. Residents will participate in a core course of epidemiologic skills needed to address the modules known as "Fundamentals of General overall health needs of underserved Preventive Medicine." Approximately 10 populations modules will be offered annually. Examples include Health Care Delivery; Injury E-mail: [email protected] Epidemiology and Prevention; Health Enrollment minimum of 10 Promotion; and Public Health Preparedness No Maximum E-mail: [email protected] Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 10 Restricted to MPH/GPMR during MPH year. No Maximum Grading Options: Pass/Fail Waitlist Enabled: No Restricted to GPMR during post MPH year. 550.890.01 SS/R: GENERAL PREVENTIVE MEDICINE Grading Options: Pass/Fail RESIDENCY-RESIDENCY YEAR Course offered this year (variable credits) Range of 12-16 credits Lam,Clarence

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 52 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

550.895.01 MPH PRACTICUM (NON DEPARTMENTAL) 551.895.01 SOURCE PRACTICUM SPECIAL STUDIES Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) (variable credits) Credits are determined in conjunction with the MPH 1 credit if work 4 hours/week with community practicum coordinator 2 credit if work 8 hours/week with community The MPH Practicum is a mentored, hands-on 3 credit if work 12 hours/week with community practical public health experience, which involves Levin,Mindi meaningful participation and interaction with public Special studies for practicum activities with health professionals. SOURCE and participating Baltimore City Upon successfully completing this course, community-based organizations. students will be able to: Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to:

Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum E-mail: [email protected] Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 1 Grading Options: Pass/Fail Enrollment maximum of 20 Please consult MPH Program Office before Waitlist Enabled: Yes registering for course, [email protected] Grading Options: Pass/Fail Course Change Information: Consent required for all students TermId, Hybrid, Recommended, CourseFormat, All students must seek permission from SOURCE CourseOfferRationaleNote, ClassroomNeeds, Director, Mindi Levin. Students must have already CommunityInvolvComponent, identified collaboration/project with SOURCE non- CommunityInvolvNote, AdministrativeCourseFee, profit .09/23/2015; Prerequisite: Student must first be matched with a SOURCE partnering community-based organization Health Behavior and Society

410.611.01 HEALTH, POVERTY AND PUBLIC POLICY IN THE U.S. Course offered this year (3 credits) Underwood,Carol

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 53 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Explores the relationship between health, poverty, and public policy in the U.S. and assesses past and 410.615.01 RESEARCH DESIGN IN THE SOCIAL AND future strategies to remedy inequities in health and BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES health care. Addresses theories of social Course offered this year stratification in the U.S.; distribution of poverty across gender, age, and ethnic/racial groups; (3 credits) antipoverty programs and their effects; effects of Thorpe,Roland and Maulsby,Cathy changes in health care organization on the poor; Provides an overview of the design and conduct of and possible modifications to provide greater research in the social and behavioral sciences as equity. Guest lecturers include physicians and applied to public health. Drawing primarily from the public administrators working in programs designed research perspectives and methodologies of to meet the needs of poor communities. sociology, anthropology, and health promotion, Upon successfully completing this course, students will examine: formulation of a research students will be able to: question, selection of a research design, selection 1. Explain different definitions of poverty and of a study site and population, issues and methods how each definition affects public policy of data collection, and measurement validity and reliability. Evaluates the strengths and weaknesses 2. Describe current social science and public of the major types of research design used in the health approaches to poverty social sciences. 3. Critique/appraise historical strategies and Upon successfully completing this course, programs undertaken to address the health students will be able to: care problems of the poor 1. Identify the role and importance of the 4. Describe how poverty and health status are scientific method. related to one another in the U.S. and abroad 2. Identify relevant ethical issues surrounding 5. Identify specific populations of Americans at social science research. risk of poverty and explain why they are specifically at risk 3. Evaluate and critique existing social science research. 6. Evaluate the public policy options currently available for improving the health of people 4. Evaluate qualitative and quantitative living in poverty research designs. E-mail: [email protected] 5. Design a research study to answer social science questions relevant to public health. Lecture: M W 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 10 Lecture: T TH 9:00 AM - 10:20 AM Enrollment maximum of 50 Enrollment minimum of 10 Waitlist Enabled: Yes No Maximum Instructor consent required for undergraduate students Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: One term biostatistics or consent of instructor. Social or behavioral sciences recommended.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 54 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

410.631.01 INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY-BASED 410.650.01 INTRODUCTION TO PERSUASIVE PARTICIPATORY RESEARCH: PRINCIPLES COMMUNICATIONS: THEORIES AND PRACTICE AND METHODS Course offered this year Course offered this year (4 credits) (3 credits) Moran,Meghan Bowie,Janice and Bone,Lee Examines and interrogates theories of persuasion Introduces students to the fundamental principles using lectures, discussions, readings, and of, rationale for, and key considerations in assignments so that these theories can be applied conducting community-based participatory research to health behavior change interventions. Presents (CBPR). Offers knowledge of and skills in CBPR psychological, social, and environmental theories of that emphasize the importance of community persuasion as they relate to health behavior. inclusion and partnership as a viable approach to Examines the theoretical underpinnings of constructing and increasing the acceptance of persuasive health behavior change interventions. interventions and improving the health and well- Addresses the strengths and challenges of applying being of populations. persuasive communication theory to complex health Upon successfully completing this course, issues. Emphasizes the role of theory in the design, students will be able to: implementation and evaluation of health behavior change interventions. 1. Describe the principles of CBPR Upon successfully completing this course, 2. Determine the rationale and appropriateness students will be able to: for conducting CBPR 1. Explain the features, constructs, and core 3. Assess the strengths and limitations of using assumptions of each of the theories covered in CBPR approaches the course 4. Distinguish how CBPR differs from 2. Use the theories covered in the course for community-based research and basic research the design, implementation, and evaluation of 5. Critique the application of CBPR in planning, health behavior change interventions implementation, dissemination, and translation 3. Compare and contrast the utility of different via review of CBPR case studies theories of persuasion for use in different types of behavior change interventions E-mail: [email protected] 4. Identify which theories of persuasion are Lecture: M W 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM being used when given examples of persuasive Enrollment minimum of 15 health behavior change interventions Enrollment maximum of 40 E-mail: [email protected] Waitlist Enabled: Yes Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM Not open to students who completed 410.841.11. Enrollment minimum of 10 Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: Previous course in psychology, preferably social psychology, required of undergraduates

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 55 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

410.668.01 POLICY INTERVENTIONS FOR HEALTH Graduate students BEHAVIOR CHANGE Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Course offered this year (3 credits) 410.710.01 CONCEPTS IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH FOR SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Cohen,Joanna Examines the major theoretical frameworks (e.g., Course offered this year policy streams, advocacy coalition framework, (3 credits) punctuated equilibrium theory, ambiguity-conflict Smith,Katherine Clegg model) relevant to the development, enactment, implementation and evaluation of policy Provides an overview of the development of a interventions that support health behavior change. qualitative approach within public health research Explores the roles of ideas, interests, institutions and practice, focusing on the philosophical and key actors in the policy process. Discusses underpinnings to qualitative research and the how the environment can be influenced to improve application of such methods to key contemporary the chances of implementing effective interventions public health questions. Considers questions such to improve the public’s health. Includes case as, “What counts as knowledge?”, “What are studies from the areas of tobacco control, alcohol, appropriate and useful public health data?”, and HIV/AIDS, obesity/physical activity, and other “How do we learn about new issues?” Focuses on health topics to critically explore the strengths and concepts, particularly highlighting the nature of limitations of policy change theories as they relate qualitative questions and data. Not intended to to current hot topics in the area of health, behavior provide training in conducting independent and society. qualitative research. Upon successfully completing this course, Information not required for this course type students will be able to: E-mail: [email protected] 1. Explain and critically evaluate the major theoretical frameworks used to analyze policy Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM change Enrollment minimum of 10 2. Discuss the major influences that determine No Maximum which interventions are chosen and implemented Waitlist Enabled: No 3. Describe the major policy tools and players undergraduates not permitted involved in developing and implementing policy Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail interventions to support health behavior change and improve health Prerequisite: 410.615 4. Identify the key factors that affect the successful implementation of policy interventions 5. Describe primary approaches used to evaluate policy interventions E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: F 9:00 AM - 11:50 AM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 56 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

410.800.01 MPH CAPSTONE HEALTH, BEHAVIOR AND 410.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH IN HEALTH BEHAVIOR SOCIETY AND SOCIETY Course offered this year Course offered this year (2 credits) (variable credits) Number of credits depends upon the scope and Information not required for this course type nature of their project. The MPH Capstone is an opportunity for students Enrollment minimum of 10 to work on public health practice projects that are of No Maximum particular interest to them. The goal is for students to apply the skills and competencies they have Waitlist Enabled: No acquired to a public health problem that simulates a Grading Options: Pass/Fail professional practice experience.

Upon successfully completing this course, 410.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH IN HEALTH students will be able to: BEHAVIOR AND SOCIETY Course offered this year

Enrollment minimum of 10 (variable credits) No Maximum Information not required for this course type Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 10 Grading Options: Pass/Fail No Maximum Prerequisite: All other MPH core requirements must Waitlist Enabled: No be taken before or concurrently with the capstone project. Grading Options: Pass/Fail Registration for this 2-credit course is required during the term that an MPH student completes the 410.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH IN HEALTH capstone project (e.g., 4th term for a full-time MPH BEHAVIOR AND SOCIETY student). Course offered this year (variable credits) 410.810.01 FIELD PLACEMENT HEALTH BEHAVIOR AND SOCIETY Information not required for this course type Course offered this year Enrollment minimum of 10 (variable credits) No Maximum McDonald,Eileen Waitlist Enabled: No Information not required for this course type Grading Options: Pass/Fail E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 57 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

410.850.01 MHS RESEARCH PRACTICUM IN HEALTH 410.860.01 GRADUATE SEMINAR IN SOCIAL AND BEHAVIOR AND SOCIETY BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) (2 credits) Can vary per term depending on hours spent on Kerrigan,Deanna research practicum Explores and debates theoretical concepts and Smith,Katherine Clegg and German,Danielle orientations in the social and behavioral sciences Introduces MHS Social Factors students to hands- and their application to public health research and on social science research for public health. practice through readings, discussion, and writing Provides an opportunity to work extensively with a assignments. doctorally trained research mentor. Prepares Upon successfully completing this course, students to participate in social science research students will be able to: initiatives. Builds students' research knowledge and 1. Critically discuss theoretical concepts and skills. orientations in the social and behavioral Upon successfully completing this course, sciences students will be able to: 2. Present syntheses and critiques of foundational social and behavioral science texts 3. Develop a theoretically driven argument in E-mail: [email protected] the form of an original essay or manuscript Enrollment minimum of 1 E-mail: [email protected] No Maximum Lecture: TH 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 5 HBS MHS students Enrollment maximum of 20 Grading Options: Pass/Fail Waitlist Enabled: Yes Restricted to HBS doctoral students Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 58 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

410.861.01 GRADUATE SEMINAR IN COMMUNITY-BASED 410.863.01 DOCTORAL SEMINAR IN SOCIAL AND RESEARCH BEHAVIORAL RESEARCH AND PRACTICE Course offered this year Course offered this year (1 credits) (1 credits) Bone,Lee and Bowie,Janice Knowlton,Amy Explores faculty-community partnership in Explores and critiques social and behavioral community-based research (CBPR), education, and sciences research and practice, emphasizing key practice. Seminar topics may include CBPR constructs and methods of department faculty principles and ethics, coalition and partnership through presentations, readings, and group building, implementation, dissemination, translation discussions. and sustainability, media and marketing, advocacy, Upon successfully completing this course, policy, cultural diversity, collaborative grant writing, students will be able to: and publishing. Speakers include faculty and also community patrons. 1. Discuss key social and behavioral science theoretical constructs and methods used by Upon successfully completing this course, department faculty in their research and students will be able to: practice 1. Engage with students, faculty, scholars, and 2. Develop and model oral presentation skills in community members from different disciplines social and behavioral sciences and backgrounds in scholarly exchange on issues of community-based research. E-mail: [email protected] 2. Apply CBPR principles across the continuum Lecture: TH 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM of the research process, including planning, implementation, evaluation, dissemination and Enrollment minimum of 7 policy implications. No Maximum 3. Explain the need for and added value of Waitlist Enabled: No using CBPR. HBS students only 4. Discuss the strengths and challenges Grading Options: Pass/Fail associated with community-university partnerships, as well as the successful co- development and impact of interventions to address community issues. E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 59 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Acquaints doctoral students with the dissertation 410.866.01 CAREERS IN HEALTH EDUCATION AND proposal and preparation for preliminary oral HEALTH PROMOTION examination processes. Assists students in making Course offered this year progress on their own proposal through refinement of writing, literature synthesis and critique, and peer (1 credits) review skills. Each session focuses on a specific McDonald,Eileen stage of proposal development for behavioral research including developing a comprehensive Introduces a variety of settings in which health conceptual framework, formulating research education, promotion, and communication work questions and hypotheses, choosing appropriate takes place, including but not limited to local, state, study design and methodologies, identifying reliable and federal government agencies, voluntary health and valid measures, developing a sound data agencies, educational institutions, and consulting analysis plan, and ensuring compliance with Human firms. Describes health education, promotion, and Subjects regulations. Reviews departmental and communication projects, programs, and campaigns school-wide requirements for dissertation proposals covering a wide array of health topics. and preliminary examinations. Discusses Upon successfully completing this course, application of dissertation proposal and examination students will be able to: preparation skills to professional activities such as 1. Provide examples of different types of work manuscript development and conference settings where health educators are employed presentations. 2. Identify the breadth and depth of job skills Upon successfully completing this course, needed by health educators in the current students will be able to: market place 1. Make progress on their dissertation E-mail: [email protected] proposals and discuss the dissertation proposal writing process Lecture: W 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM 2. Build competencies for peer review and Enrollment minimum of 10 manuscript development that will enhance their No Maximum proposal development skills 3. Demonstrate skills for oral presentation and Waitlist Enabled: No defense of their research in both academic and Restricted to MSPH students in HBS professional settings Grading Options: Pass/Fail E-mail: [email protected], Lecture: M 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM 410.871.01 HBS RESEARCH AND PROPOSAL WRITING PROCESS FOR DOCTORAL STUDENTS II Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Course offered this year Waitlist Enabled: No (2 credits) Davey-Rothwell,Melissa and Tobin,Karen HBS doctoral students Grading Options: Pass/Fail Consent required for all students Required for HBS doctoral students in their 2nd year Multi-term with 410.870 Final grade applies to all terms

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 60 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Grade is given for both 410.870 and 410.871 upon completion of 410.871. 410.895.01 MPH PRACTICUM: HEALTH BEHAVIOR AND SOCIETY 410.882.01 MHS SEMINAR IN SOCIAL FACTORS IN Course offered this year HEALTH II (variable credits) Course offered this year Students who have not met the practicum (1 credits) requirement, must register for at least two credits Smith,Katherine Clegg The MPH Practicum is a mentored, hands-on Provides additional skills in social science concepts practical public health experience, which involves for public health research. Introduces research meaningful participation and interaction with public methods for social factors research. Identifies health professionals. current social factors research of interest to Upon successfully completing this course, students. students will be able to: Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Describe methods for social factors research Enrollment minimum of 10 in public health No Maximum 2. Identify current social factors research Waitlist Enabled: No projects Grading Options: Pass/Fail E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: W 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Restricted to MHS in Social Factors in Health students Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 61 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

415.870.01 GENETIC COUNSELING CLINICAL 415.882.01 GENETIC COUNSELING PROGRAM THESIS SUPERVISION PROPOSAL DEVELOPMENT III Course offered this year Course offered this year (1 credits) (2 credits) Biesecker,Barbara and Erby,Lori Erby,Lori Assists the student in recognizing the impact of Critically examines the elements of the research personal styles and biases on the counseling proposal, through critiques of students’ own work. process through individual supervision sessions. Each student begins with a draft proposal Uses audiotapes and/or videotapes of student developed in prior terms. Through a combination of counseling sessions to review, analyze, and class critiques and individual meetings with the process student-client interactions throughout the instructor, prepares students to submit a final student's clinical rotations, and develop strategies proposal and to take oral examinations at the end for addressing barriers in the counseling process. of the term. Information not required for this course type Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: E-mail: [email protected] 1. Demonstrate professional growth in Lecture: T 8:30 AM - 10:20 AM establishing a therapeutic relationship with Enrollment minimum of 4 clients Enrollment maximum of 8 2. Recognize the impact of personal styles and biases on the counseling process Waitlist Enabled: Yes 3. Demonstrate strategies to best meet each Grading Options: Pass/Fail individual client's needs Prerequisite: 415.880 and 415.881 4. Provide genetic counseling services using techniques that are consistent with the Health Policy and Management student's developing personal style E-mail: [email protected] 300.651.01 INTRODUCTION TO THE U.S. HEALTHCARE Enrollment minimum of 10 SYSTEM Enrollment maximum of 15 Course offered this year Waitlist Enabled: Yes (4 credits) Grading Options: Pass/Fail Herring,Bradley Prerequisite: Must be enrolled in ScM in Genetic Focuses on the organization, financing, and Counseling Program; students must register for four delivery of healthcare in the U.S. Contrasts the terms. private and public sectors and examines the effects of market competition and government regulation. Jointly offered with NIH Examines the ways that medical providers are paid, and explores the major issues currently facing physicians, hospitals, and the pharmaceutical industry. Also discusses several potential small and large scale reforms to the U.S. healthcare system and evaluates their likely effects on healthcare spending, quality of care, and access to care.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 62 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Upon successfully completing this course, Explores the considerations, activities and students will be able to: participants involved in the formulation of public 1. Apply basic economic concepts related to health policy. Examines the process of selecting health insurance coverage and assessing policy options, and discusses the role that various players have in the making of 2. Explain how both private health insurance health policy. Through the analyses of case studies, and public health insurance are financed students learn how policy-makers interact, and how 3. Evaluate the ways in which private and outside influences such as the media and public health insurers reimburse medical advocates help shape policy. Presents basic legal providers principles that govern health policy, and discusses 4. Assess private and public models of the roles of economics and ethics in policy financing and delivery of healthcare services formulation. 5. Analyze various aspects of the hospital, Upon successfully completing this course, physician, and pharmaceutical drug sectors students will be able to: 6. Explain how nonprofit status, competition, 1. Develop the skills to identify a public health quality, and safety affect medical providers issue and to consider the range of policies to address that issue 7. Identify the various determinants of access to care for low-income and vulnerable 2. Describe the assessment and selection of a populations policy from among different options 8. Evaluate how specific policy proposals will 3. Identify the role that various government likely affect access to care and healthcare branches and officials play in the formulation of spending policy 9. Critique how the political process affects how 4. Assess the feasibility of translating an idea healthcare reform is undertaken in the U.S. into policy 5. Explain the interaction of policy makers with E-mail: [email protected] those trying to influence policy choices Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM 6. Describe the legal principles that underlie Enrollment minimum of 10 health policy formulation No Maximum 7. Define the role of academic researchers in policy making Waitlist Enabled: No 8. Provide examples of how policy has Undergraduate students are not permitted in this effectively reduced public health problems course E-mail: [email protected] Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Lecture: M W 9:00 AM - 10:20 AM 300.712.01 FORMULATING POLICY: STRATEGIES AND Enrollment minimum of 10 SYSTEMS OF POLICYMAKING IN THE 21ST Enrollment maximum of 53 CENTURY Waitlist Enabled: Yes Course offered this year section restricted to 1st year MPP and (3 credits) MSPH/health policy HPM students Frattaroli,Shannon Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for all students this section is restricted to 1st year MPP and MSPH/health policy students in HPM

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 63 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Waitlist Enabled: Yes 300.712.02 FORMULATING POLICY: STRATEGIES AND SYSTEMS OF POLICYMAKING IN THE 21ST Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail CENTURY Consent required for all students Course offered this year This section is restricted to HPM PhD students in HPP, and MPH students in the health systems and (3 credits) policy concentration Frattaroli,Shannon Explores the considerations, activities and participants involved in the formulation of public health policy. Examines the process of selecting and assessing policy options, and discusses the role that various players have in the making of health policy. Through the analyses of case studies, students learn how policy-makers interact, and how outside influences such as the media and advocates help shape policy. Presents basic legal principles that govern health policy, and discusses the roles of economics and ethics in policy formulation. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Develop the skills to identify a public health issue and to consider the range of policies to address that issue 2. Describe the assessment and selection of a policy from among different options 3. Identify the role that various government branches and officials play in the formulation of policy 4. Assess the feasibility of translating an idea into policy 5. Explain the interaction of policy makers with those trying to influence policy choices 6. Describe the legal principles that underlie health policy formulation 7. Define the role of academic researchers in policy making 8. Provide examples of how policy has effectively reduced public health problems E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T TH 9:00 AM - 10:20 AM Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment maximum of 30

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 64 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

300.722.01 PHD SEMINAR IN HEALTH POLICY II 300.800.01 MPH CAPSTONE HEALTH POLICY AND MANAGEMENT Course offered this year Course offered this year (2 credits) MacKenzie,Ellen (2 credits) Familiarizes students with some of the foundational The MPH Capstone is an opportunity for students readings in health policy and provides an to work on public health practice projects that are of understanding of the theories and conceptual particular interest to them. The goal is for students frameworks used in the development, to apply the skills and competencies they have implementation and analysis of health policies. acquired to a public health problem that simulates a Explores how different disciplines (political science, professional practice experience. ethics, law, economics, sociology, behavioral Upon successfully completing this course, sciences and history) inform thinking about the students will be able to: development, implementation and analysis of health policies that make a difference in the public’s health. Enrollment minimum of 10 Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: No Maximum 1. Discuss and critique several of the Waitlist Enabled: No foundational readings in health policy Grading Options: Pass/Fail 2. Demonstrate how different disciplines and Consent required for all students theories are relevant to contemporary problems Consent from the Capstone Supervisor is Required. in health policy Prerequisite: All other MPH core requirements must 3. Describe how theories and disciplines are be taken before or concurrently with the capstone used in the development of a conceptual project. framework for policy development and research 4. Demonstrate how research can test a theory Registration for this 2-credit course is required and help to re-formulate the theory based on during the term that an MPH student completes the new knowledge capstone project (e.g., 4th term for a full-time MPH student). E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M 3:30 PM - 5:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No restricted to HPM PhD students only Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: 300.721 Multi-term with 300.721 students must register for both 300.721 and 300.722 in order to receive grade at conclusion of 300.722 Final grade applies to all terms

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 65 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

300.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH HEALTH POLICY 300.870.01 THE RESEARCH AND PROPOSAL WRITING AND MANAGEMENT PROCESS I Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) (2 credits) credit registration is negotiated with faculty mentor Shi,Leiyu information not required for this course type Assists doctoral students in preparing their Information not required for this course type dissertation proposal through presentations on their progress and faculty lectures on relevant topics, such as identifying research questions and writing Lecture: TBA hypotheses; reviewing the literature; sources of Enrollment minimum of 10 funding; protocol construction; and the Committee No Maximum on Human Research. Waitlist Enabled: No Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Grading Options: Pass/Fail 1. Describe the essential elements of dissertation proposal development and the 300.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH IN preliminary oral exam process HEALTH POLICY AND MANAGEMENT 2. Constructively critique a dissertation Course offered this year SURSRVDO (variable credits) 3. Make progress on writing their dissertation SURSRVDOV student and faculty determine approporiate number of credits for each registration period 4. Involve one’s faculty advisor to assist in achieving the objectives above Not required for this course type E-mail: [email protected] Information not required for this course type Lecture: W 3:30 PM - 5:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Waitlist Enabled: No For MPH students who register for SS/R in HPM. Restricted to 2nd year HPM doctoral students, or Grading Options: Pass/Fail consent of department. For non-departmental students who register for Grading Options: Pass/Fail SS/R in HPM.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 66 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

300.895.01 MPH PRACTICUM: HPM 301.615.01 SEMINAR IN HEALTH DISPARITIES Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) (3 credits) Students who have not met the practicum LaVeist,Thomas and Thorpe,Roland requirement, must register for at least two credits Students learn the nature of racial and ethnic The MPH Practicum is a mentored, hands-on disparities in health status, and become familiar practical public health experience, which involves with the research literature on race disparities. meaningful participation and interaction with public Students responsible to do all readings, contribute health professionals. an annotated bibliography of research on a minority Upon successfully completing this course, health topic selected by the students (with consent students will be able to: of the instructor) and produce a literature review on that topic. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Enrollment minimum of 10 1. Identify demographic and epidemiological No Maximum patterns in health status by race, ethnicity, Waitlist Enabled: No gender, and socioeconomic status Grading Options: Pass/Fail 2. Identify racial/ethnic disparities in access and quality of health care 3. Identify theories explaining racial/ethnic disparities in health status and healthcare access and quality 4. Identify conceptual models and frameworks for reducing and/or eliminating health status and healthcare disparities E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M 3:30 PM - 5:50 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment maximum of 60 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 67 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

301.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH IN HEALTH POLICY AND 301.861.01 GRADUATE SEMINAR IN HEALTH AND PUBLIC MANAGEMENT POLICY Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) (1 credits) students and faculty determine appropriate number Pollack,Keshia of credits of registration for each term Reviews and critiques current literature in health PhD students register after successful passing of and public policy and evaluates studies from a the school-wide preliminary oral exam to conduct methodological and conceptual basis. their dissertation work. Upon successfully completing this course, Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: students will be able to: 1. Knowledgeable of the faculty of Health and Public Policy and their research and practice interests Enrollment minimum of 10 2. Familiar with the literature that pertains to No Maximum HPP subject areas Waitlist Enabled: No 3. Provided with a forum for discussing that literature and for understanding relationships Grading Options: Pass/Fail between health policy and other areas within public health 4. Exposed to an environment that welcomes and promotes a strong, engaged cohort of doctoral students within the HPP faculty 5. Identify and develop skills that facilitate the translation of public health research into policy and practice E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: W 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Restricted to Health & Pub Policy HPM doctoral students. Grading Options: Pass/Fail

305.607.01 PUBLIC HEALTH PRACTICE Course offered this year (4 credits) Resnick,Beth A. and Montgomery,Russ

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 68 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Builds on the course prerequisite and satisfies the Prerequisite: 300.615.01 (on-line) Tools of Public MPH practicum requirement through hands-on Health Practice or 300.603.98 (Barcelona) Tools of application of knowledge and skills to real-world Public Health Practice and Decision Making. If a practice concerns and settings in collaboration with student that has not completed the prerequisite, a public health practice organization. Students please check with the course faculty for make-up engage in a significant experience through information? addressing public health priority areas pre-identified Students will be expected to engage in significant by the collaborating organization. All practicum fieldwork outside of class through various activities work is shared with the collaborating organization (i.e. community meetings, field trips etc) as for use at their discretion. Students complete the required. Due to the nature of this course, students public health practicum under the direction and may not add this class after the first session. supervision of the course faculty. Practicum work is designed with a pre-identified collaborating Course Change Information: organization around pre-identified priority areas and Hybrid, Recommended, Prerequisite, projects; students are not able to select CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, topics/projects outside of the pre-identified options. CommunityInvolvComponent, This course does not offer the option for students to CommunityInvolvNote, AdministrativeCourseFee, identify their own collaborating organizations or CoInstructor1, .10/14/2015; develop their own projects. CommunityInvolvComponent, .04/01/2015; CommunityInvolvComponent, PrimaryInstructor2, Upon successfully completing this course, .03/17/2015; StudentEval, students will be able to: CommunityInvolvComponent, .03/17/2015; 1. Assess population health of a specific Prerequisite, StudentEval, jurisdiction CommunityInvolvComponent, CourseSectionNote, 2. Develop strategies and approaches to .02/20/2015; Prerequisite, StudentEval, address public health priorities CommunityInvolvComponent, CourseSectionNote, .02/20/2015; CommunityInvolvComponent, 3. Apply public health and social determinants CourseSectionNote, .02/06/2015; of health knowledge and theory to address specific public health challenges 4. Assess and develop public health communications to targeted audiences 5. Advance personal career growth and development, using the core competencies for public health professionals as a framework E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 20 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Undergraduates are not permitted in this course Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 69 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

305.861.01 GRADUATE SEMINAR IN INJURY RESEARCH 306.625.01 ETHICAL ISSUES IN HEALTH POLICY: PUBLIC AND POLICY HEALTH AND HEALTH CARE Course offered this year Course offered this year (1 credits) (3 credits) Crifasi,Cassandra Taylor,Holly Students attend weekly seminars sponsored by the Explores ethics, the moral relevance of health and Center for Injury Research and Policy that advance the use of ethics in the assessment of health policy. one’s understanding of injury, violence, and Acquaints students with a number of theories of resulting disability as public health problems. social justice. Also explores contemporary public Seminar topics include methodological approaches, health and health care policy issues (e.g. occupational injury, violence prevention, disability, environmental toxin, pay for performance), using and emerging topics, as well as the application of the lens of ethical analysis to supplement other policy, law, and practice for injury and violence approaches to policy analysis. Students develop prevention. Students hear from leading experts in their skills in ethical analysis and reasoning in order the field and read literature provided to accompany to critique and compare alternative strategies for to each presentation. address public health and health care policy issues. Upon successfully completing this course, Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: students will be able to: 1. Explain the epidemiology of specific injuries 1. Identify and consider ethical issues relevant and related consequences in the population to health policy, including analysis of issues in 2. Identify effective or promising strategies for public health and health care (medical care and preventing injury and disability health services) 3. Describe how injury research informs policy 2. Analyze the role of ethics in the assessment and practice to reduce the burden of injury in of policy options the population 3. Analyze policy options with new-found ethical skills and begin to reason through E-mail: [email protected] appropriate courses of action Lecture: M 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 10 Lecture: F 9:00 AM - 11:50 AM No Maximum Enrollment minimum of 5 Waitlist Enabled: No No Maximum Grading Options: Pass/Fail Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for some students Consent required for undergraduates Prerequisite:

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 70 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

306.861.01 GRADUATE DOCTORAL SEMINAR IN 308.810.01 FIELD PLACEMENT HEALTH POLICY-MSPH BIOETHICS Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) (1 credits) program decision Kass,Nancy King,Christine and Resnick,Beth A. Familiarizes students with contemporary and information not required for this course type classic literature in bioethics and demonstrates how to rigorously critique empirical and normative Information not required for this course type writings in the field of bioethics. Readings for the seminar include recent publications in bioethics and E-mail: [email protected] some classic pieces in the field. Students are Enrollment minimum of 10 primarily responsible for selection of articles and for presentation of articles for discussion. No Maximum Upon successfully completing this course, Waitlist Enabled: No students will be able to: matriculated msph/hp students only 1. Understand the literature in bioethics and Grading Options: Pass/Fail public health Consent required for all students 2. Analyze arguments in existing bioethics all MSPH students must obtain permission from literature and respond to them independently program to confirm they are eligible for the field 3. Synthesize literature across different content placement registration. areas of bioethics in order to provide linkages Prerequisite: successful completion of 1st year in the field required coursework. 4. Critique one another's work and scholarly arguments 308.851.01 PHASE INTERNSHIP E-mail: [email protected] Course offered this year Enrollment minimum of 10 (variable credits) No Maximum credits are negotiated individually with each student Waitlist Enabled: No depending on the internship placement and time Grading Options: Pass/Fail commitment Consent required for some students Resnick,Beth A. and Le,Jennifer Students who are NOT doctoral students in the Public Health Applications for Student Experience bioethics track require permission of the instructor (PHASE), offers students the opportunity to gain real world public health practice experience. PHASE internships require students to synthesize, integrate and apply academic theory in public health practice settings. By working on-site, students see first-hand how public health agencies function and engage in public health decision- making on a daily basis.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 71 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 308.867.01 MSPH SEMINAR IN HEALTH POLICY 1. Apply academic knowledge and theory in a Course offered this year real world public health practice setting (1 credits) 2. Write a concept paper outlining the project King,Christine and Resnick,Beth A. aims, objectives, timeline, and specific deliverables Introduces work undertaken in health policy settings and prepares students for professional career 3. Perform background research and data development. analysis as necessary Upon successfully completing this course, 4. Synthesize the PHASE experience and students will be able to: project findings in a final paper 1. Describe themselves, their strengths, and 5. Present the project at the PHASE their personality preferences through use of symposium MBTI and StrengthFinder 2.0 assessments. E-mail: [email protected] 2. Identify the Public Health Competencies and Enrollment minimum of 10 related skills No Maximum 3. Develop a Career Development Action Plan Waitlist Enabled: No E-mail: [email protected] undergraduate students not permitted Lecture: W 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM Grading Options: Pass/Fail Enrollment minimum of 10 Consent required for all students No Maximum all students must obtain consent. Waitlist Enabled: No PHASE is a non-paid, for-credit two or three term Restricted to masters students in HPM internship program sponsored by the JHSPH, the Maryland Department of Health & Mental Hygiene Grading Options: Pass/Fail (DHMH), and the Mid-Atlantic Public Health Training Center (MAPHTC). Students must apply 309.715.01 ADVANCED METHODS IN HEALTH SERVICES and be accepted for a PHASE internship. RESEARCH: RESEARCH DESIGN Course Change Information: Course offered this year Hybrid, Recommended, RecommendedNote, CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, (4 credits) CommunityInvolvComponent, ContactPerson, Kasper,Judith and Chan,Kitty ContactEmail, AdministrativeCourseFee, .10/07/2015; Prerequisite, StudentEval, .02/20/2015; Prerequisite, .01/20/2015;

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 72 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Covers components of research design for Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail population-based studies drawn from secondary Consent required for some students data. Topics include: a framework for evaluating research design, introduction to secondary data students without the pre-requiste courses noted sources, defining study populations, complex must obtain consent of instructor prior to sampling designs, data structure, and content in registration. national health surveys, principles of questionnaire Prerequisite: 309.616-617 or 300.713 or consent of design, survey data collection methodologies and instructor measure construction. Addresses important measurement topics, including measurement equivalence and case-mix adjustment. Emphasizes secondary data from national and international health and health care surveys, but also addresses major health program administrative datasets (e.g. Medicare, Medicaid). Student exercises emphasize the development and acquisitions of skills needed to manipulate data from large population survey or administrative datasets to answer a specific research question. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Identify and critique the primary components of quasi-experimental and observational research designs 2. Evaluate the design, sampling principles, structure, and data collection methods, of large complex national health and health care surveys (a major resource for health services research), as well as the implications of these for data analysis 3. Create variables and conduct preliminary analyses using data from a large complex national health or health care survey 4. Discuss the general principles of questionnaire development, with particular application to health and health care surveys 5. Evaluate administrative data applications in health services research E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No undergraduates are not permitted in this course

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 73 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

309.720.01 APPLIED ECONOMETRICS FOR HEALTH 309.861.01 GRADUATE SEMINAR IN HEALTH SERVICES POLICY RESEARCH RESEARCH AND POLICY Course offered this year Course offered this year (3 credits) (1 credits) Nicholas,Lauren Wu,Albert and Chan,Kitty Advanced econometrics course that builds on Provides opportunity to learn about faculty techniques introduced in the prerequisite courses. research, discuss issues and concepts relevant to Topics addressed include techniques for risk the field of health services research, and learn skills adjustment and provider profiling, advanced topics important for academic and professional success in in instrumental variables analysis, calculating the field of health services research. Intended for appropriate marginal effects and standard errors, doctoral students from the Department of Health heterogeneous treatment effects, decomposition Policy and Management who are concentrating in approaches, and methods of assessing the health services and outcomes research or robustness of various estimates. Students work on gerontology and long-term care. independent research projects that provide hands- Upon successfully completing this course, on exposure to research design and data analysis students will be able to: with Stata. 1. Describe the key substantive areas that Upon successfully completing this course, comprise health services research students will be able to: 2. Articulate how their own research interests 1. Use econometric methods to estimate causal align with the field of health services research effects of health policies E-mail: [email protected] 2. Characterize average and heterogeneous treatment effects Lecture: W 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM 3. Design a health econometrics research Enrollment minimum of 5 study, analyze data, and present results in publication-quality manuscripts No Maximum 4. Transition to independent dissertation Waitlist Enabled: No research PhD students in HPM -Health Services Research E-mail: [email protected] and Policy program only Grading Options: Pass/Fail Lecture: T TH 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM Consent required for some students Enrollment minimum of 5 Any student wanting to take this class who is not an No Maximum HPM doctoral student must obtain consent Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: Advanced Methods in Health Services Research: Analysis (309.716)

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 74 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

311.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH HPM-DRPH 311.861.01 GRADUATE SEMINAR IN HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT AND LEADERSHIP Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) Students register for thesis research credits per (1 credits) consultation with advisor. Morlock,Laura and Engineer,Lilly HPM/DrPH students conduct their thesis research. Provides opportunity to discuss concepts and Information not required for this course type issues related to organizational performance improvement, organizational performance indicators, and change strategies. Facilitates Lecture: TBA preparation for comprehensive exams and the Enrollment minimum of 10 design and conduct of dissertation projects. No Maximum Intended for DrPH students concentrating in Health Care Management and Leadership. Student Waitlist Enabled: No evaluation based on seminar presentations and Grading Options: Pass/Fail participation. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Apply concepts and skills in organizational performance improvement 2. Develop and monitor organizational performance indicators on a variety of dimensions (clinical, services, financial) 3. Demonstrate change management, communication and leadership skills E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail Consent required for all students

312.604.01 QUANTITATIVE TOOLS FOR MANAGERS Course offered this year (3 credits) Lee,K.H. Ken

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 75 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Examines how information processing power can Consent required for all students be applied to increase quality and decrease cost in All students must receive consent to register. healthcare. Emphasizes the importance of understanding analytics as a healthcare manager. Prerequisite: Intermediate level of Excel Focuses on five themes related to managing a competence healthcare organization: finance, quality, market, Jointly offered with HPM,IH operations, and utilization. Reviews theories such as data formats, database structures, and analysis For MAC users, a parallel software that can run methods. Explains how data is collected, prepared, Windows-based programs is required and applied to make a positive impact. Real world Course Change Information: examples provided during each session so that Hybrid, Recommended, InstructorConsentId, students can use the lecture materials to solve ConsentNote, CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, problems. Develops future healthcare leaders who CommunityInvolvComponent, ContactPerson, can understand the details as well as think critically ContactEmail, AdministrativeCourseFee, beyond the data. .08/24/2015; ContactPerson, ContactEmail, .04/29/2015; Prerequisite, .02/20/2015; Upon successfully completing this course, Prerequisite, .02/16/2015; students will be able to: 1. Utilize financial, market, quality, operational, 312.610.01 FOUNDATIONS OF ORGANIZATIONAL and utilization data to apply in decision making LEADERSHIP 2. Define the various data needs within Course offered this year healthcare and how data impacts decision making and accountability (3 credits) 3. Identify the appropriate analytical tools for Gundlach,Ann-Michele financial, market, quality, operational, and Students develop an understanding of the role utilization analysis, and evaluate the analytic expectations of the organizational leader and the methods used by other students and provide essential knowledge and skills the role requires. feedback for improvement Provides a framework for understanding the 4. Explain how the application of quantitative process of working effectively with, influencing and tools and methods influences the quality and leading others. Drawing from a variety of efficiency of decision making disciplines, emphasizes organizational 5. Combine various datasets in an integrated effectiveness, developing a future vision and approach to demonstrate the impact on the direction, leading change and building adaptive overall organization organizational cultures. 6. Develop and present recommendations Upon successfully completing this course, based on findings from hospital-based case students will be able to: study 1. Explain the role and role expectations of E-mail: [email protected] organizational leadership 2. Recognize the differences between effective Lecture: TH 3:30 PM - 6:20 PM and less effective leadership behaviors Enrollment minimum of 10 3. Demonstrate an understanding of ethical Enrollment maximum of 35 leadership and its influence on organizational behavior Waitlist Enabled: Yes 4. Explain the importance of emotional undergraduate students are not permitted in this intelligence and social competencies to class effective leadership Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 76 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

5. Identify the requirements of leading a health Complements and reinforces the didactic portion of organization through innovative change the MHA program by providing students with an 6. Demonstrate knowledge of team leadership opportunity to apply the knowledge gained during and effectiveness through participation in team- the first year, to develop skills in management based assignments according to individually designed learning objectives, and to work as part of a management 7. Explain the relationship between leadership team in a health care organization. Students are behavior and organizational culture placed in a variety of professional settings, which 8. Develop a personal practice model and may include: the community sector (community philosophy of leadership and university-affiliated hospitals), the for-profit sector (investor-owned hospitals, consulting firms, E-mail: [email protected] long-term care facilities, and managed care Lecture: T 3:30 PM - 6:20 PM organizations.) Enrollment minimum of 5 Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Enrollment maximum of 35 1. Translate and apply financial, economic, Waitlist Enabled: Yes market and performance information and undergraduate students are not permitted in this models to improve and optimize organizational course performance Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 2. Demonstrate knowledge of the healthcare system and environment in which health Consent required for all students services are provided because of enrollment cap, all students must obtain 3. Develop and define a vision, take initiative, permission to register provide direction, manage change, and Administrative Course Fee: 20.0000 participate in the planning, development and fee will cover the cost of course materials monitoring required to establish and achieve organizational goals 312.810.01 FIELD PLACEMENT - HEALTH 4. Communicate effectively, manage ADMINISTRATION relationships and influence individuals and groups to take action in the pursuit of Course offered this year organizational goals (variable credits) E-mail: [email protected] students typically register for 16 credits but may be modified at the program's discretion Enrollment minimum of 10 Schwartz,Teresa and Ford,Eric No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 77 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

312.867.01 MHA SEMINAR IN HEALTH FINANCE AND 313.610.01 HEALTH ECONOMICS FOR MANAGERS MANAGEMENT Course offered this year Course offered this year (3 credits) (1 credits) Hough,Douglas Schwartz,Teresa and Ford,Eric Applies the analytical tools of economics to issues Introduces students to current health care finance in health care that are especially relevant to and management issues through a series of managers and leaders of health care organizations. discussion sessions with program directors and Examines topics including: the use of economic guest lecturers. Prepares students for the incentives to influence health behavior; asymmetric program’s fourth term case competition and the information and the role of agency in health care; second year field placement requirement. the application of behavioral economics to health Upon successfully completing this course, care; government as payer and regulator, and students will be able to: equity/ethical considerations; the role of health insurance; and the theory of the firm as it applies to 1. Discuss current and emerging health care physicians, hospitals, and systems. issues; develop effective listening, questioning and critical thinking skills, and actively engage Upon successfully completing this course, in small group discussions with health care students will be able to: leaders 1. Apply economic tools appropriately to 2. Assume responsibility for developing a analyze business issues in health care professional network 2. Develop an analytical, logically-ordered, 3. Work effectively in a team and produce a critically constructive style of analysis of issues professional and persuasive presentation for a in health care organization, delivery, and case competition financing 4. Develop a career strategy, write an effective 3. Integrate current literature on economic resume and business letter, and perform concepts, methods, and applications to issues effectively in job interviews in health care and the general political economy 5. Identify key issues related to the importance of developing effective relationships between 4. Apply lessons from class to real-life clinicians and hospital administrators situations, in health care and in the general political economy E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M W 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM Lecture: W F 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Waitlist Enabled: No Restricted to MHA students only Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Grading Options: Pass/Fail Prerequisite: Introduction to Microeconomics Administrative Course Fee: 25.0000 (313.639) or equivalent course in basic fee will cover the cost of course materials microeconomics

313.630.01 ECONOMIC EVALUATION I

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 78 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Course offered this year 313.643.01 HEALTH ECONOMICS I (3 credits) Course offered this year de Lissovoy,Greg and Constenla,Dagna The first in a three course sequence, students (3 credits) secure a solid introduction to the theory, methods, Hough,Douglas and application of economic evaluation in health Introduces the analytical tools of economics and care with a specific focus on cost-effectiveness applies them to issues in healthcare. Topics analysis. include: resource allocation in health care; Upon successfully completing this course, government as payor and regulator; asymmetric students will be able to: information and the role of agency; the market for health insurance; market structure and competitive 1. Explain the concept of “value” in health care strategy as it applies to health care organizations; from the perspective of economic theory the market for labor in health care; and the market 2. Summarize commonly used methods of for innovations and technology. Uses mainstream economic evaluation, their main features, and neoclassical microeconomic theory as the basis for appropriate use analysis, but also explores the implications when 3. Critique a published report of an economic the assumptions of this model are violated. Uses a evaluation with reference to the statement of standard health economics text as the main the problem, sources of data, methods, and reading, but uses journal articles in the field to presentation of findings examine how the profession is analyzing health care and public health issues. 4. Describe the role of economic evaluation in health policy and allocation of health care Upon successfully completing this course, resources students will be able to: 5. Discuss examples of ethical issues that can 1. Apply economic tools appropriately to arise in applying economic evaluation to the analyze issues in health care and public health allocation of societal health care resources 2. Develop a critically constructive style of E-mail: [email protected] analysis of issues in health care organizations, delivery, and financing, as well as health policy Lecture: W F 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM 3. Integrate current literature on economic Enrollment minimum of 10 concepts, methods, and applications to issues No Maximum in health care and public health 4. Apply lessons from class to real-life Waitlist Enabled: No situations, in health care and public health undergraduate students are not permitted in this course E-mail: [email protected] Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Lecture: T TH 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM Prerequisite: Previous coursework in basic Enrollment minimum of 10 microeconomic theory will enable participants to No Maximum gain deeper understanding of course material. It is recommended that students taking the three-course Waitlist Enabled: No economic evaluation sequence should be Undergraduates are NOT permitted in this course concurrently enrolled in the three-course health economics sequence. Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Final grade applies to all terms Jointly offered with HPM,IH,PFRH Jointly offered with IH

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 79 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

313.654.01 MICROECONOMIC MODELS IN PUBLIC 313.671.01 MATHEMATICAL MICROECONOMICS II HEALTH II Course offered this year Course offered this year (3 credits) (2 credits) Bridges,John Gaskin,Darrell J. Explores advanced topics of mathematical Covers seminal publications in health economics microeconomics including: second order conditions, and is targeted towards advanced Ph.D. students. multiple constraints (Kuhn-Tucker), oligopoly, Describes theoretical models in health economics general equilibrium, welfare economics and game for the determinants of health and demand for theory. Provides students with a graduate level healthcare services, the foundations for cost- approaches to key economic questions. Fosters a effectiveness analysis, the supply of healthcare greater understanding of the role of mathematics in services in competitive, monopolistic, and solving complex economic issues involving multiple government-regulated markets, and the provision of agents. private and public health insurance Upon successfully completing this course, Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: students will be able to: 1. Solve for second order conditions in 1. Describe the core concepts in health optimization economics and some standard empirical 2. Utilize advanced mathematical techniques in techniques in employed in the literature the presence of multiple constraints 2. Apply comparative statics to health economic 3. Conceptualize and Illustrate the economic problems consequences of a monopolist 3. Create their own models of health economic 4. Use mathematics and game theory to phenomenon identify equilibrium in oligopoly 4. Produce advanced articles in health 5. Discuss economic concepts associated with economics literature public goods and externalities E-mail: [email protected] 6. Apply the economic and mathematics to Lecture: F 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM solve problems facing society Enrollment minimum of 10 E-mail: [email protected] No Maximum Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 7 Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail No Maximum Consent required for all students Waitlist Enabled: No all students must obtain consent from instructor Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: 313.653 Prerequisite: Completion of 313.670, Mathematical Final grade applies to all terms Microeconomics I or consent of instructor Terms graded individually

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 80 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

313.861.01 PUBLIC HEALTH ECONOMICS SEMINAR 317.610.01 RISK POLICY, MANAGEMENT AND COMMUNICATION Course offered this year Course offered this year (1 credits) Gaskin,Darrell J. (3 credits) Exposes students to recent research in various Fox,Mary and Burke,Thomas areas of health economics. Provides opportunities Examines the role of the risk sciences in the public for more in-depth study of the core economics policy process. A case study approach presents the courses being offered each term. Provides broad societal context of risk based decision opportunities for professional development in the making, including the scientific, social, economic, field. legal and political factors that drive the policy Upon successfully completing this course, process. Provides an overview of risk management students will be able to: tools and the application of risk communication principles and strategies. The goal is to provide an 1. List the theoretical and empirical techniques understanding of how the risk sciences are applied of health economics and their implication for in the formulation and implementation of public health policy decisions health risk policy in “the real world.” 2. Prepare written critiques of recent research Upon successfully completing this course, in area of public health economics students will be able to: 3. Identify the health economics faculty and 1. Prepare a health risk policy case study their research interests distinguishing among relevant policy options 4. Cite the literature that pertains to health 2. Select and present scientific data to inform economics the policy development and decision-making 5. Discuss the literature and describe processes relationships between health economics and 3. Practice good risk communication skills other areas within public health 6. Facilitate the translation of economics 4. Evaluate the influence of economic, social, research into policy and practice and political factors on health risk policy debates

E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: F 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM Lecture: M W 5:00 PM - 6:30 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Enrollment maximum of 40 Waitlist Enabled: No Waitlist Enabled: Yes undergraduates are not permitted in this course Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Grading Options: Pass/Fail Consent required for all students all students required to obtain permission to register Prerequisite: 317.600 Jointly offered with EHS,EPI

318.611.01 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS FOR POLICY MAKING II

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 81 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Course offered this year 318.616.01 PROGRAM EVALUATION IN PUBLIC POLICY II (3 credits) Course offered this year Giandrea,Michael (3 credits) Introduces the basic concepts and methods of Orr,Larry statistics as applied to public policy analysis. Introduces the fundamental principles and practices Demonstrates methods of exploring, organizing and involved in the design, implementation, and presenting data, and introduces measures of analysis of program evaluations. Topics to be central tendencies, correlation, analysis of variance, considered include the evaluation of ongoing and multivariate analysis. Introduces and employs programs and test of new interventions being the statistical package STATA, as well as Microsoft considered for broader adoption; determining Excel to manipulate data and prepare students for whether programs are ‘working’; procedures the remaining course work in the sequence. involved in implementing an evaluation in the field, Upon successfully completing this course, including potential pitfalls; procedures for collecting students will be able to: and analyzing data. 1. Demonstrate the ability to apply fundamental Upon successfully completing this course, concepts to data analysis students will be able to: 2. Describe the basic concepts of probability 1. Outline the fundamental principles and and random variables practices involved in the design, 3. Define the foundations for classical inference implementation and analysis of program involving confidence intervals and hypothesis evaluation testing 2. Discuss the evaluation of ongoing programs 4. Apply inferential methods to the means of and tests of new interventions being adopted normal distributions 3. Describe the basic statistics principles for 5. Apply and interpret basic summary and designing an evaluation modeling techniques for data 4. Examine procedures involved in E-mail: [email protected] implementing an evaluation 5. Identify the basic ideas of cost-benefit and Lecture: W 5:30 PM - 8:30 PM process analyses Enrollment minimum of 10 6. Discuss the role of evaluation results in the No Maximum policy process Waitlist Enabled: No E-mail: [email protected] Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Lecture: TH 3:30 PM - 6:30 PM Consent required for some students Enrollment minimum of 10 students enrolled in programs other then the MPP Enrollment maximum of 27 must obtain permission of department prior to registering for this course. Waitlist Enabled: Yes Prerequisite: 318.610 undergraduates are not permitted in this course Multi-term with 318.610 Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Students must register for 318.610 and 318.611 in Consent required for some students order to receive a grade. students enrolled in programs other then the MPP Final grade applies to all terms must obtain permission of department prior to registering for this course.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 82 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Prerequisite: 318.615 318.620.01 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL POLICY Multi-term with 318.615 Students must register for both 318.615 and Course offered this year 318.616 in order to receive a grade. (3 credits) Final grade applies to all terms Altschuler,David Introduces major US social policy topics including poverty and income inequality; improving outcomes for workers and employment; retirement, pensions and social security; family and children; hunger, nutrition and agriculture; and racial disparities. Discusses the broad approaches taken to address these issues and the role of government, the private sector, and nongovernmental nonprofit organizations. Examines how current social programs are structured, administered, and implemented and how this has changed over time. Offers contrasting approaches and priorities through consideration of different countries and regions of the world. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Describe the broad goals and functions of social policy 2. Discuss the range of topics, issues and programs that social policy addresses 3. Evaluate the assumptions and value underlying divergent views 4. Identify the array of interests and stakeholders relevant to the social programs 5. Describe the intended and unintended impacts of adopted policies 6. Examine changes in programs from a historical perspective 7. Compare the approaches and programs from an international perspective. E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: F 1:30 PM - 4:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: none

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 83 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

318.640.01 PRACTICAL POLITICS, POLICY AND PUBLIC 318.632.01 ETHICS AND PUBLIC POLICY II HEALTH Course offered this year Course offered this year (3 credits) (3 credits) Ventriss,Curt Morhaim,Dan Explores the ethical challenges confronting public Explores how one effectively influences policy and policymaking and the normative obligations of the connection between policy and politics. public actors in serving the public interest. Exposes Addresses how the two are related via a practical a variety of ethical issues ranging from the big and hands-on approach, focusing on effectiveness, questions of justice and social equity, liberty and influencing the legislative process, and practical individual freedom, and globalization to issues that skills. Addresses how to approach legislators and one might confront in a professional setting (e.g. other policy makers, gain insight into the political conflict of interest, lying and deception, and whistle- process, understand how bills are drafted and blowing). Case studies are used to highlight ethical amended, develop persuasive arguments, and build demands that arise in the policy context strategic political coalitions. A sample of issues, Upon successfully completing this course, with a focus at the state level, include: insurance students will be able to: regulation, reproductive rights, mental health 1. Identify a range of ethical challenges facing systems, air/water quality, programs for the public policymaking disabled, and gun policy. Also considers non-health care issues, including education funding and policy, 2. Describe multiple normative ways in which transportation, criminal justice system and jails, questions of value can be examined gambling/gaming, building development, and 3. Present persuasive arguments about ethical election law. principles and disagreements Upon successfully completing this course, E-mail: [email protected] students will be able to: Lecture: W 7:00 PM - 9:00 PM 1. Describe the pivotal role of government, particularly states, in formulating a broad range Enrollment minimum of 10 of health policy objectives Enrollment maximum of 25 2. Effectively use science and data to formulate Waitlist Enabled: Yes policy and persuade while recognizing limitations undergraduates are not permitted in this course; 3. Explain the role of advocacy groups and how Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail to use them to build coalitions and consensus Consent required for some students 4. Develop arguments used to impact the public students enrolled in programs other than the MPP debate and policy makers’ decisions must obtain permission of department prior to 5. Describe key issues facing health reform and registering for this course. topical legislative issues, including health Prerequisite: 318.631 professions, payment schemes, and changing Multi-term with 318.631 societal values Students must register for 318.631 and 318.632 in 6. Utilize the technical aspects of the legislative order to receive a grade. process: bill drafting, filing, amending, and enacting Final grade applies to all terms 7. Employ related social issues to impact public This course will be taught on the Homewood health policy campus, Wyman Park room 571.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 84 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

E-mail: [email protected] 220.606.01 DOCTORAL SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL Lecture: T 3:30 PM - 5:20 PM HEALTH II Enrollment minimum of 10 Course offered this year No Maximum (3 credits) Waitlist Enabled: No Katz,Joanne Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Discusses how to identify a thesis topic, write a proposal, seek funding, understand challenges in 318.810.01 FIELD PLACEMENT - MPP execution, and thesis format and write up. Students read five doctoral theses, one from each Course offered this year Department of International Health program (4 PhD (3 credits) and one DrPH) and student groups lead discussions with the former students and their Borkoski,Carey thesis advisors in class. All students must complete an internship to qualify Upon successfully completing this course, for the MPP degree. Students are required to work students will be able to: at their internship placements for a minimum of 300 hours. Students are required to submit a policy 1. Think and write critically portfolio to the MPP Office at the end of their internship: (1) A memo or paper that reflects on 2. Use a case-based approach to identify a lessons learned during the placement and on the doctoral thesis topic and to understand the applicability of key concepts and skills learned challenges of conducting doctoral work from during the first year of the masters program. initiation to publication (2) A sample of a written work product that was E-mail: [email protected] produced on the job. Typically, this would be a background paper or memorandum. Lecture: F 1:30 PM - 4:20 PM Upon successfully completing this course, Enrollment minimum of 5 students will be able to: No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No E-mail: [email protected] Only first year International Health doctoral students Grading Options: Pass/Fail Enrollment minimum of 1 Prerequisite: Doctoral Seminar in International No Maximum Health I, 220.605 Waitlist Enabled: No Multi-term with 220.605 enrolled MPP students only Terms graded individually Grading Options: Pass/Fail Prerequisite: 318.810 during term 1 International Health

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 85 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

220.800.01 MPH CAPSTONE INTERNATIONAL HEALTH 220.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH DRPH PROGRAM INTERNATIONAL HEALTH Course offered this year Course offered this year (2 credits) Must have 1-4 credits per term for two terms. (variable credits) The MPH Capstone is an opportunity for students Information not required for this course type to work on public health practice projects that are of particular interest to them. The goal is for students Enrollment minimum of 10 to apply the skills and competencies they have No Maximum acquired to a public health problem that simulates a professional practice experience. Waitlist Enabled: No Upon successfully completing this course, Grading Options: Pass/Fail students will be able to: 220.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH DRPH PROGRAM INTERNATIONAL HEALTH Lecture: TBA Course offered this year Enrollment minimum of 10 (variable credits) No Maximum Information not required for this course type Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail Enrollment minimum of 10 Consent required for all students No Maximum Consent from the Capstone Supervisor is Required Waitlist Enabled: No Prerequisite: All other MPH core requirements must Grading Options: Pass/Fail be taken before or concurrently with the capstone project. Registration for this 2-credit course is required during the term that an MPH student completes the capstone project (e.g., 4th term for a full-time MPH student).

220.810.01 FIELD PLACEMENT DRPH PROGRAM INTERNATIONAL HEALTH Course offered this year (variable credits) Information not required for this course type

Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 86 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

220.895.01 MPH PRACTICUM: INTERNATIONAL HEALTH 221.612.01 CONFRONTING THE BURDEN OF INJURIES: A GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) Students who have not met the practicum (3 credits) requirement, must register for at least two credits. Hyder,Adnan and Hoe,Connie The MPH Practicum is a mentored, hands-on Provides an understanding of approaches to practical public health experience, which involves measuring the burden of injuries around the world meaningful participation and interaction with public and familiarizes students with current estimates of health professionals. the burden of injuries in the global and developing Upon successfully completing this course, world. Develops basic skills for assessment of injury students will be able to: epidemiology. Provides an appreciation of how to use these measures for planning interventions for injury prevention and creates awareness of the economic implications of injuries in the developing Enrollment minimum of 10 world. Promotes effective use of data for No Maximum appropriate policy analysis for reduction of injury burden. Waitlist Enabled: No Upon successfully completing this course, Grading Options: Pass/Fail students will be able to: Consent required for all students 1. Identify the current estimates of the burden Student must receive faculty advisor approval of injuries globally 2. Describe approaches to measuring the burden of injuries, including costs 3. Assess the magnitude of the problem and evaluate the current/potential interventions 4. Use data for intervention development for reduction of injury burden E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T TH 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: 340.601; recommended 305.610 Jointly offered with HPM

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 87 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Mullany,Luke and Bartlett,Linda 221.614.01 INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL SCIENCE FOR PH Designed so that students understand the clinical PRACTITIONERS and social causes of high maternal and newborn Course offered this year mortality and morbidity. Exposes students to the (2 credits) clinical, program and policy interventions that address these issues, and evaluate the strength of Burnham,Gilbert the evidence supporting these interventions. Offers Provides a basic understanding of structures of students practical exercises in understanding the authority and power; economics and political scope and epidemiology of both problems, and systems; role and limits of international designing and assessing programmatic responses organizations in development; current concepts of to address them. Upon completion, students will development and the political process; state have the knowledge base to be able to contribute to collapse; and the origins of conflicts. Focus is on the program and policy responses needed to avert developing countries. Compares regional political maternal and newborn deaths in different contexts. trends and forces in Asia, Africa, Latin America, and the former Soviet bloc that affect health of Upon successfully completing this course, populations and development of health services. It students will be able to: is an introduction for Public Health students to International Political Science. Stress aspects of 1. Identify causes of maternal and newborn political science which have the greatest impact on mortality and morbidity (from a biological, social development and health of populations, particularly and health systems perspective) in developing countries. 2. Understand the effective elements of Upon successfully completing this course, antenatal care, essential obstetric care, and students will be able to: post natal/newborn care at facility and community levels 1. Define a collapsed state and list the signs of impending state weakness 3. Understand the key elements of different service delivery strategies and the evidence 2. Discuss the limitations of fragile states and base supporting each of them be able to set out the ways health systems must adapt to function in these circumstances 4. Define and calculate indicators commonly used for baseline assessment, monitoring and 3. List the ways political trends affect disease evaluation of programs aimed at reducing patterns and development programs maternal and newborn morbidity and mortality E-mail: [email protected] 5. Discuss mechanisms to influence policy, as well as clinical, social and behavior Lecture: TH 3:30 PM - 5:20 PM interventions aimed at reducing maternal and Enrollment minimum of 10 newborn mortality Enrollment maximum of 66 E-mail: [email protected] Waitlist Enabled: Yes Lecture: M W 3:30 PM - 5:20 PM Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Enrollment minimum of 6 Enrollment maximum of 42 221.627.01 ISSUES IN THE REDUCTION OF MATERNAL Waitlist Enabled: Yes AND NEONATAL MORTALITY IN LOW INCOME COUNTRIES Restricted to graduate students. Course offered this year Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail (4 credits) Jointly offered with PFRH

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 88 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

221.639.01 REFUGEE HEALTH CARE 221.641.01 MEASUREMENT METHODS IN HUMANITARIAN EMERGENCIES Course offered this year Course offered this year (3 credits) Burnham,Gilbert (2 credits) Addresses provision of basic health requirements Robinson,Courtland and Doocy,Shannon for refugees and coordination of care among Gives students an understanding and skills needed agencies concerned with them. Topics include in the measurement of populations and health epidemiologic assessment and control of indicators in humanitarian emergencies, when communicable disease; nutrition and environmental conventional measurement methods cannot be sanitation; logistical support; and resettlement utilized. Includes assessment methods, sampling issues. Students or guest speakers present topics approaches in a variety of emergency situations, for group discussion. design and conduct of surveys, and the analysis Upon successfully completing this course, and presentation of results. Includes discussions students will be able to: and examples of active and passive surveillance methods for refugee and other emergency 1. Conduct an initial assessment of a refugee situations. Both qualitative and quantitative population to determine priority health needs methods will be presented. 2. Name the key organizations which respond Upon successfully completing this course, to refugee crises and list their mandates and students will be able to: responsibilities 1. Describe the assessment process in the 3. Apply epidemiological skills to assess various phases of humanitarian emergencies. nutritional status of a displaced population 2. Describe and, in some cases practice, a 4. Appropriately follow ethical guidelines in variety of methods, both qualitative and providing assistance quantitative, used in field-based assessments 5. Take appropriate measures to prevent and of humanitarian emergencies, including: (1) control outbreaks of epidemic diseases among Qualitative assessments; (2) Quantitative displaced populations surveys; (3) Population estimation; and (4) Site planning E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M W 5:30 PM - 6:50 PM Lecture: TH 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment maximum of 72 Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment maximum of 50 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Waitlist Enabled: Yes Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for some students Consent required for auditors and undergrads Prerequisite: 221.613

221.646.01 HEALTH SYSTEMS IN LOW AND MIDDLE INCOME COUNTRIES Course offered this year

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 89 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

(3 credits) Consent required for some students Bennett,Sara No consent required for Health Systems MSPH and Explores health systems in low and middle income PhD students and IH DrPH students. Consent countries (LMICs), and examines approaches to required for students not in the Health Systems improving the performance of health systems. program. Focuses on frameworks, tools, skills, and strategies Prerequisite: 220.601, Introduction to International to understand, influence, and evaluate health Health, Highly Recommended systems in LMICs. Identifies key institutions, functions, and performance issues for national and local health systems. By using frameworks and 221.810.01 FIELD PLACEMENT HEALTH SYSTEMS tools, students gain experience in systematically analyzing health systems and methods to plan, Course offered this year implement, and evaluate changes in health systems (variable credits) in a variety of settings, including countries in various levels of demographic, epidemiologic and field placement economic transitions. Covers key controversies in Callaghan,Jennifer and Alonge,Olakunle health systems, including issues in monitoring Complements and reinforces the didactic portion of health systems performance, the role of the public the MSPH program. Provides students with an sector, dealing with unregulated private health opportunity to apply the knowledge gained during markets, linking priority health programs and health the first year, to develop skills in management of systems, raising accountability in the health system, health programs in low- and middle-income etc. countries according to individually designed Upon successfully completing this course, learning objectives, and to work as part of a team in students will be able to: an applied research or practice project. Students 1. Describe health systems frameworks, are placed in a variety of professional settings, strategies and tools to analyze and evaluate which may include: government, non-government health systems and their reforms in LMICs organizations (NGOs), multi-lateral, private, and/or for-profit sector. Provide opportunity for feedback 2. Explain and assess key systems, functions for student performance and placement experience and institutions: oversight (e.g. governance, policy, regulation, public information), health Upon successfully completing this course, care organization, and health financing students will be able to: 3. Explain the role of different factors that 1. Integrate and apply methods and skills contribute to health systems performance and learned in courses taken on the first year of the health reforms MSPH in a practical setting. 4. Debate health systems issues concerning 2. Develop new skills essential for functioning the roles of communities, public sector, as an effective global health professional, in markets, and other key institutions assuming responsibility on the ground and becoming a reliable and collaborative member E-mail: [email protected] of a project team, an effective communicator, Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM writer, trainer and implementer. 3. Evaluate a program or field project as it Enrollment minimum of 10 relates to the management and control of Enrollment maximum of 50 health problems of public health importance in Waitlist Enabled: Yes resource poor settings no undergraduates Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 90 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

4. Develop a proposal, take initiative, provide direction, and participate in the implementation, 221.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH HEALTH evaluation and/or analysis required to establish SYSTEMS and achieve project goals. Course offered this year 5. Communicate effectively, manage (variable credits) relationships and participate in teams Information not required for this course type 6. To allow for the seamless transition from student to public health professional. Enrollment minimum of 10 E-mail: [email protected] No Maximum Enrollment minimum of 10 Waitlist Enabled: No No Maximum Grading Options: Pass/Fail Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail 221.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH HEALTH SYSTEMS 221.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH HEALTH SYSTEMS Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) (variable credits) Information not required for this course type thesis research Enrollment minimum of 10 Students actively conduct research on topics of global health importance, including developing a No Maximum research question, designing a study to answer the Waitlist Enabled: No question, conducting the research and writing up the results in a scientific format. Grading Options: Pass/Fail This course will prepare you to be able to do the following: 1. Identify research questions of importance to health in underserved populations in low resource settings internationally and in the US. 2. Design a study or studies to answer the questions. 3. Develop an application to an Institutional Review Board to address human subjects research issues 4. Write up the results of research for the scientific literature

Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 91 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Covers dietary and physical activity assessment, 221.860.01 HEALTH SYSTEMS PROGRAM SEMINAR anthropometry, body composition, and Course offered this year micronutrient status through lectures, in-class discussions, assignments, and data collection, (1 credits) analysis, and presentation. It is particularly oriented Merritt,Maria and Rodriguez,Daniela to techniques that are relevant for the assessment of populations and vulnerable groups. Laboratory Familiarizes Health Systems students with ongoing sessions are used to teach and apply techniques of faculty research and activities, professionals and dietary data collection and interpretation, organizations in the field of international health, and anthropometry (weight, height, skinfolds, and provides a forum for discussion for current topics in circumferences) and body composition (bioelectrical health systems and international health. impedance analysis). An emphasis is placed on Upon successfully completing this course, using the topics as a basis for exploring the students will be able to: selection, reliability, applicability, and interpretation 1. Identify Health Systems Program faculty who of different techniques in field settings. can be mentors and informal advisors during Upon successfully completing this course, their course of study students will be able to: 2. Explore and define long-term goals for a 1. Understand questions that can be addressed career in International Health Systems. in populations using nutritional status indicators 3. Identify research and practice opportunities 2. Describe performance characteristics in the Health Systems program (validity, reliability, dependability, sensitivity and E-mail: [email protected] specificity) of nutritional status indicators and measures and how they are assessed Lecture: T 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM 3. Know means of assessing diet, energy Enrollment minimum of 10 expenditure and physical activity, body No Maximum composition and growth, and micronutrient status and under what circumstances they Waitlist Enabled: No would be used Enrollment is restricted to MHS students and 4. Participate in discussions about current doctoral students in the Health Systems Program controversies in nutritional status assessment and DrPH students in the Department of 5. Articulate a position in an essay question International Health Grading Options: Pass/Fail 6. Collect, analyze, interpret nutritional status data and be able to summarize findings in an Consent required for some students abstract and powerpoint presentation No consent required for Health Systems MHS and PhD students and IH DrPH students. Consent E-mail: [email protected] required for students not in the Health Systems Lecture: T TH 9:00 AM - 10:20 AM program. Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment maximum of 40 222.642.01 ASSESSMENT OF NUTRITIONAL STATUS Waitlist Enabled: Yes Course offered this year Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail (3 credits) Consent required for some students Schulze,Kerry if prerequisites are not met.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 92 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Prerequisite: Previous biology or nutrition class, E-mail: [email protected] Principles of Human Nutrition, IH 222.641 preferred Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM 222.644.01 NUTRITIONAL BIOCHEMISTRY Enrollment minimum of 10 Course offered this year No Maximum (3 credits) Waitlist Enabled: No De Luca,Luigi Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Students learn biochemical processes, such as DNA, RNA and protein synthesis with particular 222.659.01 CRITICAL THINKING IN NUTRITION II emphasis on the function of essential nutrients in Course offered this year these processes. Covers nutritionally important aspects of carbohydrate and fat metabolism, (1 credits) mineral and vitamin function, and introduces Cheskin,Lawrence essential concepts of molecular biology, such as Introduces graduate students of nutrition to the PCR reactions and nucleic acid restriction enzymes seminal literature in the field. Teaches students and their use in biochemistry and molecular biology. how to interpret and evaluate literature, and foster Also includes concepts of gene knockin and discussion and debate among students and faculty knockout and their consequences. These are on current issues. Faculty selects seminal papers compared to the consequences of nutrient and participates in the discussion. Students are deficiency and excess to give the nutrition student a expected to read each paper as well as discuss and full appreciation of the relevance of nutritional explain the methods and results in class. biochemistry studies and approaches to those of molecular biology. Emphasizes the importance of Upon successfully completing this course, nutritional management and prevention of different students will be able to: diseases like cardiovascular, obesity, osteoporosis, 1. Discuss the peer review process and the etc. Also teaches the important interplay between construction of a research paper essential nutrients and the synthesis of various hormones. 2. Analyze critically the key elements of specific journal articles in the field of nutrition through Upon successfully completing this course, guided discussions and written assignments students will be able to: 3. Construct alternative ways to answer 1. Discuss the most important biochemical research questions when the article being processes, such as DNA, RNA and protein critically analyzed falls short or has limitations synthesis E-mail: [email protected] 2. Describe the role that different essential nutrients play in these and other life processes Lecture: T 3:30 PM - 4:20 PM in higher organism with special emphasis on Enrollment minimum of 2 the human organism Enrollment maximum of 20 3. Discuss fundamental processes that permit the maintenance or nutrient homeostasis in Waitlist Enabled: Yes higher organisms limited to PhD students and master's students 4. Discuss how essential nutrients govern the Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail utilization of other nutrients and how they may control hormone synthesis and function Consent required for all students 5. Discuss pathological observations in the field Consent required if 222.658 was not completed. on the basis of our instructions on essential Prerequisite: 222.658 nutrient deficiency manifestations

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 93 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

222.660.01 ADVANCED NUTRITIONAL EPIDEMIOLOGY see prerequisites Course offered this year Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail (3 credits) Consent required for all students Wang,Youfa Students need consent if they have not fulfilled the prerequisites. Addresses methodological aspects of nutritional epidemiologic research with a focus on analytical Prerequisite: Introductory courses on nutrition, quantitative methods. Covers the main principles biostatistics, and epidemiology (e.g., 222.641 or and quantitative research methods such as 222.642, 340.601or 340.751, 140.621 or 140.651, measurement errors and remedies, energy and 222.647) or consent of instructor. adjustment, and statistical analysis approaches. Teaches the skills and techniques to study dietary patterns, dietary quality, nutritional status, growth, agreement between assessments, and health outcomes. Key analysis approaches for studying the relationship between nutrition and health outcomes include factorial analysis, growth curve models, regression analysis, and mixed models. Addresses nutrition- and health-related questions using existing national and international nutrition- related survey data sets. Students gain a comprehensive and in-depth understanding of the main issues covered. Students also gain hands-on experience in data analysis, and presenting and interpreting research findings through working on real data sets in lab sessions and assignment Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Gain in-depth understanding of major principals and challenges in nutritional epidemiologic research 2. Receive a comprehensive exposure to quantitative methods that can be used in analysis of nutrition-related data 3. Gain hands-on experience of working with real nutritional epidemiologic data 4. Developed critical thinking skills to address issues that are unique in nutritional epidemiologic research regarding study design, data analysis, and data interpretation E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T TH 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM Enrollment minimum of 5 Enrollment maximum of 25 Waitlist Enabled: Yes

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 94 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Hurley,Kristen 222.662.01 OBESITY IN PUBLIC HEALTH Complements and reinforces the didactic portion of Course offered this year the MSPH program. Provides students with an (3 credits) opportunity to apply the knowledge gained during the first year, to develop field, laboratory, or clinical Jones-Smith,Jessica and Bleich,Sara skills related to nutrition research or programs Examines obesity as a public health problem, according to individually designed learning (including prevalence, trends and disparities as well objectives, and to work as part of a team in an as the health, psychosocial, and economic applied research or practice project. Students are consequences of obesity and its associated co- placed in a variety of professional settings, which morbidities). Explores physiologic, psychological, may include: government, non-government economic, and cultural drivers of food consumption. organizations (NGOs), university projects, and Identifies key issues and approaches for current multi-lateral, private, and/or for-profit sector. and future public health and environmental Practicum locations exist in the US and typically approaches to obesity most regions of the world. Provide opportunity for feedback for student performance and placement Upon successfully completing this course, experience students will be able to: Upon successfully completing this course, 1. Explain global trends in obesity and students will be able to: disparities in risk 1. Integrate and apply methods and skills 2. Explain the consequences of obesity at the learned in courses taken on the first year of the individual and societal levels MSPH in a practical setting. 3. Critique competing arguments about the 2. Develop new skills essential for functioning causes of obesity and the obesity epidemic as an effective global health professional, in 4. Evaluate current practices of obesity assuming responsibility on the ground and prevention and treatment in various settings, becoming a reliable and collaborative member such as schools, childcare settings, of a project team, an effective communicator, workplaces, and communities writer, trainer and implementer. 5. Propose new approaches for preventing or 3. Evaluate a program or field project as it treating obesity in a specific setting relates to public health nutrition E-mail: [email protected] 4. Integrate and understand knowledge through critical literature reviews, and analysis and Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM interpretation of scientific data Enrollment minimum of 10 5. Develop a proposal, take initiative, provide No Maximum direction, and participate in the implementation, evaluation and/or analysis required to establish Waitlist Enabled: No and achieve project goals. Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 6. Communicate effectively, manage Prerequisite: None relationships and participate in teams Jointly offered with HPM 7. To allow for the seamless transition from student to public health professional. 222.810.01 FIELD PLACEMENT HUMAN NUTRITION E-mail: [email protected] Course offered this year Enrollment minimum of 10 (variable credits) No Maximum field placement Waitlist Enabled: No

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 95 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Grading Options: Pass/Fail Enrollment maximum of 8 Waitlist Enabled: Yes 222.815.01 HUMAN NUTRITION - REGISTERED DIETITIAN Only students previously accepted to the (RD) PROGRAM PRACTICUM MSPH/Registered Dietitian program and on their Course offered this year 2nd year. (variable credits) Grading Options: Pass/Fail 1-16 credits Community involvement: Rotations at PACE, Caulfield,Laura Moveable Feast, WIC, & Baltimore City School System Engages the student, the placement agency, and the faculty in shared responsibility for the provision and acquisition of practical experience in a nutrition- 222.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH HUMAN NUTRITION related public health area. Led by the Johns Course offered this year Hopkins Bayview Clinical Nutrition Department, the (variable credits) practicum extends from June (following the year of coursework) to February of the next calendar year thesis research (3rd quarter of the subsequent academic year). Students actively conduct research on topics of Consists of a series of specific rotations in clinical, global health importance, including developing a food service and community nutrition, and research question, designing a study to answer the culminates in a 10-week public health placement. question, conducting the research and writing up Upon successfully completing this course, the results in a scientific format students will be able to: This course will prepare you to be able to do the 1. Transition from student to public health following: dietetics professional 1. Identify research questions of importance to 2. Integrate and apply methods and skills health in underserved populations in low learned in courses taken on the first year of the resource settings internationally and in the US. MSPH in a practical setting 2. Design a study or studies to answer the 3. Develop new skills essential for functioning questions. as an effective nutrition and dietetics 3. Develop an application to an Institutional professional, in assuming responsibility on the Review Board to address human subjects ground and becoming a reliable and research issues collaborative member of a project team, an effective communicator, writer, trainer and 4. Write up the results of research for the implementer scientific literature 4. Integrate and understand knowledge through Enrollment minimum of 10 critical literature reviews, and analysis and No Maximum interpretation of scientific data 5. Develop a proposal, take initiative, provide Waitlist Enabled: No direction, and participate in the implementation, Grading Options: Pass/Fail evaluation and/or analysis required to establish and achieve project goals 6. Communicate effectively, manage relationships and participate in teams E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 4

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 96 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

222.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH HUMAN 222.860.01 GRADUATE NUTRITION SEMINAR NUTRITION Course offered this year Course offered this year (1 credits) (variable credits) Palmer,Amanda Information not required for this course type Exposes students to the breadth of interests represented by Center for Human Nutrition faculty, Enrollment minimum of 10 as well as faculty from other universities and related No Maximum organizations (e.g., the National Institutes of Health) through active listening and discussion of Waitlist Enabled: No the presentations. Specific topics vary over time. Grading Options: Pass/Fail Emphasizes the ability to critically evaluate the related research design, approaches and findings, and presentation skills. 222.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH HUMAN NUTRITION Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Course offered this year 1. Be exposed to the breadth of interests (variable credits) represented by the nutrition faculty at the Information not required for this course type school through active listening and discussion of each faculty member's research agendum Enrollment minimum of 10 2. Be exposed to other research areas, especially those topics of broader interest to No Maximum the human nutrition research community and Waitlist Enabled: No the general public, by attending presentations Grading Options: Pass/Fail provided by other invited speakers

3. Learn the features of an engaging presentation of a nutrition topic

E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail Consent required for all students Students taking this course must obtain consent from the instructor.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 97 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

(4 credits) 222.861.01 DOCTORAL SEMINAR IN PROPOSAL DEVELOPMENT Karron,Ruth and Hammitt,Laura Reviews the processes used to evaluate all aspects Course offered this year of vaccine development and the use of (1 credits) immunizations for disease prevention. Emphasizes Caulfield,Laura in-depth understanding of vaccines successfully introduced into routine immunization schedules. Facilitates doctoral students in the development of Discusses procedures and oversight at each step in research ideas and their dissertation proposals. the process, including post-licensure policy making Topics will vary by term but will include the and monitoring for safety and effectiveness. following: how to develop a research idea, and components of a solid research proposal – Upon successfully completing this course, background, design, methods, sample size, students will be able to: analysis, writing to different audiences, research 1. Describe vaccines that are currently in use designs in nutrition, ethical review, funding sources throughout the world or vaccines for which and requirements, budgeting, staff management, licensure is likely within the near future thesis and manuscript preparation, and professional 2. Discuss the processes involved in development. developing vaccines including: discuss and Upon successfully completing this course, data needed, and decision-making at each step students will be able to: 3. Discuss problems that can occur at each 1. Identify the differences between a resume step in the process of making vaccines and curriculum vitae 4. Discuss the different types of vaccines 2. Identify the components of a research career including the relative advantages and that they would like to pursue and opportunities disadvantages of each type at JHU to support the process 5. Discuss the process of developing and 3. Conduct a literature review in an area of revising guidelines for the use of vaccines interest 6. Learn where up-to-date information on 4. Develop a concept paper for a study in an vaccines and guidelines for their use can be area of interest found 5. Write an NIH-style grant on a research topic E-mail: [email protected] of interest Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM 6. Give presentations on a research topic of interest Enrollment minimum of 10 E-mail: [email protected] No Maximum Lecture: TBA Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 10 Restricted to graduate students. No Maximum Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Waitlist Enabled: No Students must listen to a one-hour online lecture during the week at their convenience. doctoral students only Course Change Information: Grading Options: Pass/Fail ScheduleTypeId, .03/03/2015; StudentEval, .02/16/2015; 223.662.01 VACCINE DEVELOPMENT AND APPLICATION Course offered this year

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 98 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Learning Materials: 2. Develop new skills essential for functioning as an effective global health professional, in (Other) Epidemiology and Prevention of Vaccine- assuming responsibility on the ground and Preventable Diseases (The Pink Book) becoming a reliable and collaborative member Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, of a project team, an effective communicator, ISBN: 978-0017066091 writer, trainer and implementer. 3. Evaluate a program or field project as it Public Health Foundation; 12 edition (2012) relates to the socio-cultural and health context, $0.00 behavioral and health impact, community involvement and program process. Comment: 4. Develop a proposal, and/or report, or other http://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/pubs/pinkbook/inde written document that analyzes and x.html synthesizes public health data related to their practicum. 5. Take initiative, provide direction, and 223.810.01 FIELD PLACEMENT DISEASE CONTROL participate in the implementation, evaluation Course offered this year and/or analysis required to establish and achieve project goals. (variable credits) 6. Communicate effectively, manage field placement relationships and participate in teams Charron,Karen E-mail: [email protected] Complements and reinforces the didactic portion of the MSPH program. Provides students with an Enrollment minimum of 10 opportunity to apply the knowledge gained during No Maximum the first year, to develop skills in epidemiologic and Waitlist Enabled: No data analysis skills applied to diseases of importance in low and middle income countries Grading Options: Pass/Fail according to individually designed learning objectives, and to work as part of a team in an applied research or practice project. Students are placed in a variety of professional settings, which may include: government, non-government organizations (NGOs), multi-lateral, private, and/or for-profit sector. Provide opportunity for feedback for student performance and placement experience Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Integrate and apply knowledge, methods and skills learned in courses taken on the first year of the MSPH in a practical setting, to allow for the seamless transition from student to public health professional.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 99 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

223.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH DISEASE CONTROL 223.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH DISEASE CONTROL Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) thesis research (variable credits) Students actively conduct research on topics of Information not required for this course type global health importance, including developing a research question, designing a study to answer the Enrollment minimum of 10 question, conducting the research and writing up No Maximum the results in a scientific format. Waitlist Enabled: No This course will prepare you to be able to do the following: Grading Options: Pass/Fail 1. Identify research questions of importance to health in underserved populations in low 223.860.01 GLOBAL DISEASE EPIDEMIOLOGY AND resource settings internationally and in the US. CONTROL PROGRAM SEMINAR 2. Design a study or studies to answer the Course offered this year questions. (1 credits) 3. Develop an application to an Institutional Review Board to address human subjects Charron,Karen and Walker,Neff research issues Familiarizes students with the scope and range of 4. Write up the results of research for the research and programs activities conducted by in scientific literature Global Disease Epidemiology and Control (GDEC) programs. Explores topics on prevention and Enrollment minimum of 10 control of infectious diseases associated with morbidity and mortality in LMIC. Explores the No Maximum activities of field sites in LMIC associated with Waitlist Enabled: No faculty and student work. Prepares students for practicum activities. Provides opportunities for Grading Options: Pass/Fail professional development including presentation skills, resume development, literature reviews, 223.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH DISEASE development of data collection tools. Performs case CONTROL analysis and identifies challenges for ongoing research and practice initiatives. Course offered this year Upon successfully completing this course, (variable credits) students will be able to: Information not required for this course type 1. Develop skills needed for public health practice, including problem-solving, analytic Enrollment minimum of 10 thinking, communication, collaboration, and No Maximum presentation skills. Waitlist Enabled: No 2. Interpret key publications related to global disease control programs and research Grading Options: Pass/Fail 3. Apply new knowledge and problem-solving skills to address public health issues

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 100 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

4. Identify and examine practicum opportunities related to disease prevention and control 223.861.01 GLOBAL DISEASE EPIDEMIOLOGY AND strategies for LMIC or underserved populations CONTROL PROGRAM DOCTORAL SEMINAR 5. Participate in ongoing academic mentoring Course offered this year 6. Prepare for the MSPH comprehensive exam (1 credits) Mullany,Luke and Feikin,Daniel E-mail: [email protected] Creates a focused, small group environment for the entering PhD students, which actively engages Lecture: M 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM them in relevant, challenging content necessary for Enrollment minimum of 10 success in the PhD program. The content of the seminar will support and extend beyond those No Maximum topics taught in the classroom setting. The doctoral Waitlist Enabled: No student education does not merely consist of successful completion of required courses--each Restricted to Global Disease Epidemiology and student is expected to become a leading scientific Control MSPH students. expert during the years spent at JHU. It provides an Grading Options: Pass/Fail opportunity to engage with senior faculty and move Consent required for all students meaningfully toward selection of a dissertation topic and the skills necessary to successfully complete Limited to GDEC MSPH students the PhD. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Engage in intellectual discussion on a range of topics, including research study design, aims, and methods, career trajectories, doctoral level skill-sets, etc. 2. Intelligently discuss the role of research in the improvement of the health status of populations throughout the world 3. Constructively critique research methods employed by public health scientists 4. Formulate research questions that may develop into dissertation topics E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: W 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No IH doctoral students Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 101 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Provides students with conceptual tools to analyze 223.867.01 SPECIAL TOPICS IN VACCINE SCIENCE health-related behaviors and the social, cultural and Course offered this year environmental context in which they occur. Applies concepts and theories drawn from medical (1 credits) anthropology, psychology and sociology to Durbin,Anna and Bourgeois,August programmatic examples from Latin America, Africa and Asia concerning care-seeking, treatment of sick Series of seminars (4 per term) on vaccine research children, insecticide-treated mosquito nets, against infectious diseases of global importance voluntary counseling and testing, sexual risk including AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria, childhood behaviors, intimate partner violence and other illnesses, and many others. Economic, political, and behavior change challenges in public health. ethical dimensions of vaccine R&D are also covered. Seminars are presented by leading Upon successfully completing this course, vaccine experts at JHU, from industry and other students will be able to: institutions. Series provides the student with an 1. Describe conceptual tools drawn from understanding of the pathways leading to medical anthropology pertinent to design of development and utilization of vaccines with public behavior change interventions including health impact. standards of efficacy, illness taxonomies, Upon successfully completing this course, illness etiology, levels of causality, meanings of students will be able to: medication, public and private domains 1. Describe the key barriers along the process 2. Identify and map the key components of of research, development, testing, evaluation, common models of health behavior change at acquisition, and distribution of vaccines the individual level, and difficulties encountered when trying to apply them in different cultural 2. Cite specific examples of how financial and contexts political factors interact with scientific issues to affect governmental and industry prioritization 3. Describe psychological and anthropological about vaccine development perspectives on risk perceptions, and models of diffusion of innovations and influence of the 3. Describe how stakeholder motives (investor, mass media and apply to specific case studies corporate, public health agency, individual) can influence the fate of a vaccine R&D project 4. Be familiar with basic terminology for describing households, kinship systems, E-mail: [email protected] communities and social capital and identify Lecture: W 5:30 PM - 7:00 PM their significance for public health interventions Enrollment minimum of 10 5. Discuss the basic components of the intervention modalities, including social No Maximum marketing, peer education, counseling, harm Waitlist Enabled: No reduction, diffusion of innovation, and community mobilization Grading Options: Pass/Fail 6. Integrate the major theories covered in class with the various interventions modalities 224.689.01 HEALTH BEHAVIOR CHANGE AT THE presented INDIVIDUAL, HOUSEHOLD AND COMMUNITY 7. Apply appropriate combinations of LEVELS theoretically based intervention modalities to Course offered this year case studies (4 credits) E-mail: [email protected] Winch,Peter and Denison,Julie Lecture: T TH 8:30 AM - 10:20 AM

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 102 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Enrollment minimum of 5 4. Develop a proposal, report, or other written No Maximum document. 5. Take initiative, provide direction, and Waitlist Enabled: No participate in the implementation, evaluation No enrollment restrictions and/or analysis required to establish and Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail achieve project goals. 6. Communicate effectively, manage 224.810.01 FIELD PLACEMENT SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL relationships and participate in teams INTERVENTIONS E-mail: [email protected] Course offered this year Enrollment minimum of 10 (variable credits) No Maximum field placement Waitlist Enabled: No Leontsini,Elli Grading Options: Pass/Fail Complements and reinforces the didactic portion of the MSPH program. Provides students with an opportunity to apply the knowledge gained during 224.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL the first year, to develop skills in the development, INTERVENTIONS implementation, and evaluation of social and Course offered this year behavioral global health interventions, according to (variable credits) individually designed learning objectives, and to work as part of a team in an applied research or thesis research practice project. Students are placed in a variety of Students actively conduct research on topics of professional settings, which may include: global health importance, including developing a government, non-government organizations research question, designing a study to answer the (NGOs), multi-lateral, private, and/or for-profit question, conducting the research and writing up sector. Provide opportunity for feedback for student the results in a scientific format. performance and placement experience This course will prepare you to be able to do the Upon successfully completing this course, following: students will be able to: 1. Identify research questions of importance to 1. Integrate and apply knowledge, methods and health in underserved populations in low skills learned in courses taken on the first year resource settings internationally and in the US. of the MSPH in a practical setting, to allow for the seamless transition from student to public 2. Design a study or studies to answer the health professional. questions. 2. Develop new skills essential for functioning 3. Develop an application to an Institutional as an effective global health professional, in Review Board to address human subjects assuming responsibility on the ground and research issues becoming a reliable and collaborative member 4. Write up the results of research for the of a project team, an effective communicator, scientific literature writer, trainer and implementer. Enrollment minimum of 10 3. Evaluate a program or field project as it relates to the socio-cultural and health context, No Maximum behavioral and health impact, community Waitlist Enabled: No involvement and program process. Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 103 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

224.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH SOCIAL AND 224.861.01 SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL INTERVENTIONS BEHAVIORAL INTERVENTIONS PROGRAM SEMINAR II: PARTICIPATORY APPROACHES AND THE ROLE OF COMMUNITY Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) Information not required for this course type (1 credits) Leontsini,Elli Enrollment minimum of 10 Creates space for discussion of participatory No Maximum approaches and the role of researchers and implementers; introduces participatory methods and Waitlist Enabled: No points out manuals that provide detailed guidance; Grading Options: Pass/Fail discusses case studies; provides some direct contact with community actors.

224.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH SOCIAL Upon successfully completing this course, AND BEHAVIORAL INTERVENTIONS students will be able to: Course offered this year (variable credits) E-mail: [email protected] Information not required for this course type Lecture: M 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 5 Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment maximum of 25 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: Yes Waitlist Enabled: No SBI MHS and SBI PhD students Grading Options: Pass/Fail Grading Options: Pass/Fail

224.864.01 DOCTORAL SEMINAR IN RESEARCH METHODS IN APPLIED MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY II Course offered this year (4 credits) Winch,Peter Discusses methods for collecting and analyzing qualitative data; quantifying ethnomedical beliefs; and integrating qualitative and quantitative methods. Topics include cultural consensus analysis, scale development and testing, multi- dimensional scaling, analysis of structured observation data, development of manuals for qualitative data collection, and the use of social science data in the design of public health interventions.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 104 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Upon successfully completing this course, E-mail: [email protected] students will be able to: Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM 1. Describe the evolution in the concepts and methods of cognitive anthropology over the Enrollment minimum of 5 past 50 years Enrollment maximum of 15 2. Explain the implications of key concepts in Waitlist Enabled: Yes cognitive anthropology (e.g. prototypicality, marked and unmarked terms) for the design, Grading Options: Pass/Fail analysis and interpretation of quantitative data Prerequisite: 224.863 or consent of the instructor collected with instruments informed by the findings of qualitative studies Mental Health 3. Describe the problem of intracultural variation, and its implication for public health 330.602.01 THE EPIDEMIOLOGY OF SUBSTANCE USE AND and list different types of intracultural variation RELATED-PROBLEMS 4. Describe types of research questions for Course offered this year which structured observation would be appropriate (3 credits) 5. List different ways of conducting structured Johnson,Renee observation, and select the form of structured Presents an overview of the epidemiology of observation that would be appropriate for substance use and substance use disorders, within different research questions a public health framework. Reviews how drugs are 6. Identify approaches to data analysis that classified and regulated, as well as an examination would be appropriate for different kinds of of trends in estimates of prevalence and incidence structured observation data, and list the steps of drug and alcohol use and problems. Explores a in conducting each analysis approach range of contributors to substance use, considering 7. List the assumptions made in cultural mechanisms ranging from biological to societal. consensus analysis, the types of data for which Examines substance use, including prevention cultural consensus analysis should always be strategies, intervention and treatment approaches, conducted, the steps in conducting cultural and policies. consensus analysis, and the strengths and Upon successfully completing this course, weaknesses of this type of analysis students will be able to: 8. Distinguish between cultural consensus 1. Describe drug policy in the US, including theory and cultural schema theory how substances are regulated; 9. Describe the steps in conducting free-listing, 2. Describe the leading drugs of abuse in the and common threats to the validity of free- US and their prevalence of use and health and listing data; analyze and interpret a set of free- social impacts; listing data 3. Examine the overlap between substance use 10. List the characteristics of proximity data, and mental disorders; and describe different ways proximity data can 4. Explain key concepts in substance use be collected and analyzed; list common threats epidemiology, such as tolerance, withdrawal, to the validity proximity data collected through addictive potential, etc; pile sorting (card sorting) 5. Consider the role of epidemiology in 11. Describe the steps in conducting Guttman informing and evaluating policy and public scaling, situations where Guttman scaling may health interventions targeting substance use be appropriate, and the strengths and and substance use disorders; weaknesses of Guttman scaling

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 105 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

6. Understand a variety of approaches to 4. 4. Discuss in detail the most recent scientific prevention of substance use, screening and knowledge about one or more risk factors for treatment for substance use disorders, and psychiatric disorders diagnosis of substance use disorder; and 7. Be a competent consumer of substance use 5. 5. Discuss in detail the most recent scientific epidemiology research. knowledge about two distinct psychiatric disorders E-mail: [email protected] 6. 6. Define methodological and conceptual Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM issues for the general field of epidemiology that Enrollment minimum of 10 are especially well-illustrated by the content of psychiatric epidemiology No Maximum E-mail: [email protected] Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM Prerequisite: 340.601 - Principles of Epidemiology Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum 330.603.01 PSYCHIATRIC EPIDEMIOLOGY Waitlist Enabled: No Course offered this year No undergraduates (3 credits) Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Eaton,William Prerequisite: 330.617.01;Psychopathology for Reviews descriptive and analytic epidemiology for Public Health; or330.601.81--The Perspectives of PDMRUPHQWDOGLVRUGHUVRIDGXOWKRRG([DPLQHV Psychiatry—the Public Health issues of classification and nosology of psychiatric Framework. Those with a clinical background disorders, operational case definitions and in psychiatry, psychology, or social work are measurement techniques, prevalence and exempted from this requirement.And340.601.01 incidence rates, natural history, risk factor research Principles of Epidemiology; or340.751.01 and plausible explanations for credible risk Epidemiologic Methods; oranother prior or IDFWRUV&RQVLGHUVDVSHFWVRISV\FKLDWULF concurrent course in epidemiology, approved by the epidemiology that illustrate important problems and instructor.? concepts in epidemiology generally. Jointly offered with EPI Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. 1. Demonstrate knowledge of the descriptive epidemiology of the major mental disorders— prevalence, incidence, and natural history

2. 2. Discuss the most important risk factors for the major mental disorders

3. 3. Discuss gaps in knowledge, and future needs and trends in the field of psychiatric epidemiology

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 106 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

ISSUES IN MENTAL HEALTH RESEARCH IN 330.611.01 MANUSCRIPT WRITING FOR MENTAL HEALTH DEVELOPING COUNTRIES RESEARCH Course offered this year Course offered this year (3 credits) (3 credits) Bass,Judy Mendelson,Tamar Introduces mental health as an integral part of Provides training in the preparation of manuscripts global health research, including conducting needs for submission to peer-reviewed journals, with a assessments and intervention monitoring and focus on empirical papers and systematic reviews. evaluation. Presents and critiques strategies for Develops students' ability to serve as reviewers and integrating local cultural perspectives into research critically evaluate the written work of peers. Covers models. Examines methods of adapting psychiatric topics relevant to effective communication and assessment tools for use cross-culturally and dissemination of ideas, including journal selection, presents challenges for developing interventions for preparation of cover letters, and responses to use in low-resource contexts. Encourages use of reviewers. Incorporates informal presentations from critical and creative thinking skills throughout to diverse JHSPH faculty members, as well as student discuss the issues involved in this relatively new critiques of other students' works in progress. area of study. Upon successfully completing this course, Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: students will be able to: 1. Understand how to formulate and organize 1. Describe prevalent mental health problems an empirical paper and systematic review in developing countries and discuss the issues 2. Produce a manuscript to be submitted to a unique to understanding mental health in these peer-reviewed journal contexts 3. Offer critical feedback as a peer reviewer 2. Illustrate ways that culture can affect mental health conceptualization, identification and E-mail: [email protected] assessment Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM 3. Define and compare methods of cross- cultural assessment of mental health problems Enrollment minimum of 2 4. Recognize issues and challenges inherent in Enrollment maximum of 20 adapting strategies for prevention Waitlist Enabled: Yes programming, intervention development and dissemination in developing countries Enrollment is restricted to PhD students in the second year or beyond. E-mail: [email protected] Grading Options: Pass/Fail Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM Consent required for all students Enrollment minimum of 10 Consent is required to establish that interested Enrollment maximum of 25 students have a well-developed paper idea and completed (or near completed) data analysis. Waitlist Enabled: Yes Prerequisite: Students must begin the course with a Course restricted to graduate students only well-formulated idea for an empirical research Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail paper and completed (or near completed) data Consent required for all students analysis. submit a short paragraph of interest, including degree program, to instructor 330.620.01

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 107 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Prerequisite: 340.601.01 PRINCIPLES OF No Maximum EPIDEMIOLOGY or 340.751.01 EPIDEMIOLOGIC Waitlist Enabled: No METHODS 1 or permission of instructor Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 330.628.01 GAPS AND OPPORTUNITIES IN PUBLIC Prerequisite: None required but 330.603.01 is MENTAL HEALTH: A SYSTEMS APPROACH recommended. Course offered this year 330.660.01 SEMINAR ON METHODS IN PUBLIC MENTAL (3 credits) HEALTH RESEARCH Agus,Deborah Course offered this year Acquaints students with mental health systems and (3 credits) the development of a comprehensive approach to the delivery of services to a variety of vulnerable Leaf,Philip populations living in difficult conditions in the Targets the development of effective research community. Topics include a survey of the variety of proposals in public mental health, including the current mental health services and evidence-based identification of research questions, factors related approaches, the impact on services of governance, to significance and innovation, study design, and organization and financing of services including a analytic approaches. Reviews of research primer on Medicaid and Medicare, the link between proposals and articles address issues such as topic poverty and mental health and the use of jails as selection, sample selection, measurement , and mental asylums, the development of a competent analytic strategies. Reviews strengths and workforce and an introduction to international weakness of proposals and studies and considers community mental health issues. Features recent advances in epidemiologic and statistical discussion and problem solving and involves a high methods as alternative approaches for addressing degree of interaction between the participants as research questions. well as several field trips. Upon successfully completing this course, Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: students will be able to: 1. Identify the review criteria used by NIH, other 1. Define the components of a comprehensive federal agencies, and other potential funders. and effective community mental health system 2. Prepare a grant proposal that meets review 2. Analyze the governance structure of a criteria established by funders system 3. Critique grant proposals in terms of strengths 3. Define and analyze the issues facing delivery and weaknesses of mental health services to a variety of vulnerable populations 4. Create biosketches in support of grant proposals 4. Analyze a problem and the ramifications of various solutions 5. Determine who to identify the assets that should be highlighted in grant proposals 5. Design a model utilizing the concepts learned that effectively incorporates the most E-mail: [email protected] appropriate financing and service delivery Lecture: T TH 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM approach to achieve values and goals and best address the specific issues identified Enrollment minimum of 10 E-mail: [email protected] No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM No undergraduates Enrollment minimum of 10

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 108 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Grading Options: Pass/Fail 330.800.01 MPH CAPSTONE MENTAL HEALTH Consent required for some students Consent required for students who have not taken Course offered this year all of the prerequisites (2 credits) Prerequisite: 340.751-753 and 140.621-624; or Must have 1-4 credits per term for two terms. consent of instructor The MPH Capstone is an opportunity for students This course is limited to doctoral students who have to work on public health practice projects that are of completed basic course sequences in epidemiology particular interest to them. The goal is for students and biostatistics and first year Department of to apply the skills and competencies they have Mental Health course sequence or those who have acquired to a public health problem that simulates a received permission of the instructor. professional practice experience. Course Change Information: Upon successfully completing this course, Hybrid, Recommended, StudentEval, TargetAud, students will be able to: CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, CourseSectionNote, AdministrativeCourseFee, .10/20/2015; ContactEmail, ContactEmail2, LearningMaterial, Enrollment minimum of 10 .06/01/2015; No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail Consent required for all students Consent from the Capstone Supervisor is Required. Prerequisite: All other MPH core requirements must be taken before or concurrently with the capstone project. Registration for this 2-credit course is required during the term that an MPH student completes the capstone project (e.g., 4th term for a full-time MPH student).

330.802.01 SEMINAR ON AGING, COGNITION AND NEURODEGENERATIVE DISORDERS Course offered this year (2 credits) Rebok,George and Zandi,Peter

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 109 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Addresses age-related cognitive and Predoctoral and Postdoctoral students from A&S, neuropsychiatric disorders that are of particular SPH and Medicine students participating in training importance with the rapid expansion of the aging grant on age-related, cognitive and neuropsychiatric population. Focuses on the major domains of disorders. cognition and comparison of the age-related Course Change Information: changes that occur in each cognitive domain. Hybrid, Recommended, InstructorConsentId, Includes emphasis on contrasting the major CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, neurodegenerative disorders related to age and AdministrativeCourseFee, .09/02/2015; describing the clinical presentation and pattern of cognitive change in each condition. Participants address current strategies for maximizing cognitive function with age and treatment strategies for the primary neurodegenerative disorders. Participants examine and identify gaps in knowledge and research approaches to fill these gaps. Explores concepts of cognitive systems, animal and imaging models, and selective pathological change with age and disease.Additional Faculty Notes: Course lectures are held in Reed Hall West -1 Conference Room Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Classify the major domains of cognition and describe the age-related changes that occur in each cognitive domain 2. Classify the major neurodegenerative disorders related to age and describe the clinical presentation and pattern of cognitive change in each disorder 3. Identify gaps in discuss concerning age- related cognitive change and the primary neurodegenerative disorders and apply concepts to the development and evaluation of future interventions for age-related cognitive decline and neurodegenerative disorde E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: TH 3:30 PM - 5:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 5 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail Consent required for all students

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 110 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

330.805.01 SEMINAR ON STATISTICAL METHODS FOR 330.811.01 MHS THESIS IN MENTAL HEALTH: FROM MENTAL HEALTH PROPOSAL TO PUBLICATION I Course offered this year Course offered this year (1 credits) (1 credits) Stuart,Elizabeth and Gross,Alden Parisi,Jeanine M. Students discuss recent advances in statistical Students are required to conduct a systematic methods in mental health. Class sessions include review of the literature or a data-driven paper in student and faculty presentations as well as partial fulfillment of the Master of Health Science discussions of recent articles in the literature. (MHS) degree in the Department of Mental Health. Topics include missing data, longitudinal data Students will be provided with basic research and analysis, causal inference, and measurement. organizational skills needed for successful Upon successfully completing this course, completion of the MHS project. students will be able to: Topics include: conducting a systematic review or 1. Identify the key areas of research in literature review for data driven papers, selecting an statistical methods for mental health appropriate research design, and interpreting 2. Describe recent developments in the field findings. 3. Critically evaluate studies in this area Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: E-mail: [email protected] 1. Formulate and clearly communicate research questions, study design, and findings Lecture: TH 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM 2. Review and critically evaluate existing Enrollment minimum of 4 literature and/or analytical approaches Enrollment maximum of 30 3. Critique and edit the final MHS project Waitlist Enabled: Yes E-mail: [email protected] Grading Options: Pass/Fail Consent required for some students Lecture: F 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM Master's students and undergraduates. Enrollment minimum of 10 Prerequisite: 140.621-624 or 140.651-654, or No Maximum consent of the instructor Waitlist Enabled: No Jointly offered with BIOSTAT MHS students in Mental Health; no undergraduates Will be held in department space. Grading Options: Pass/Fail Course Change Information: Recommended, StudentEval, .01/22/2015; Recommended, StudentEval, .01/22/2015; Recommended, StudentEval, .01/22/2015; Recommended, StudentEval, .01/22/2015;

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 111 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

330.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH MENTAL HEALTH 330.895.01 MPH PRACTICUM: MENTAL HEALTH Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) (variable credits) Information not required for this course type Students who have not met the practicum requirement, must register for at least two credits Enrollment minimum of 10 The MPH Practicum is a mentored, hands-on No Maximum practical public health experience, which involves meaningful participation and interaction with public Waitlist Enabled: No health professionals. Grading Options: Pass/Fail Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 330.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH MENTAL HEALTH Course offered this year Enrollment minimum of 10 (variable credits) No Maximum Information not required for this course type Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Molecular Microbiology and Immunology Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

330.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH MENTAL HEALTH Course offered this year (variable credits) Information not required for this course type

Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 112 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

260.607.01 CORE DISCUSSION OF SCIENTIFIC 260.612.01 PRINCIPLES OF IMMUNOLOGY II LITERATURE: MMI Course offered this year Course offered this year (4 credits) (variable credits) Scott,Alan 1-2 credits each term, depending on School of Introduces biological concepts of immunology; Medicine required course that the student is taking molecular nature of antigens; molecular basis for concurrently. antibody and T-cell receptor structure and diversity; Hardwick,J.-Marie and Coppens,Isabelle complement; hypersensitivity reactions; cellular Students read, present and participate in in-depth basis for the immune response; cell-mediated discussions of assigned papers each week. Papers immunity; adhesion molecules and coreceptors cell for discussion are from the current scientific activation; cytokines and other soluble mediators; literature, cover a broad range of topics that are major histocompatibility complex (MHC) antigens; generally related to but not directly covered in their tumor immunology; transplantation immunobiology; coursework. Student discussion leaders present mechanisms of resistance to microorganisms; background information and prepare written tolerance; autoimmunity; and immuno-deficiency. discussion questions. Upon successfully completing this course, Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: students will be able to: 1. Define the principles of autoimmunity and transplantation 2. Define the basis underlying primary and E-mail: [email protected] acquired immune deficiencies Lecture: T 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM 3. Define the immune mechanisms employed to combat bacterial, viral and parasitic infections Enrollment minimum of 1 4. Define the mechanisms that regulate allergy No Maximum and hypersensitivity Waitlist Enabled: No 5. Define the mechanisms for immunization Grading Options: Pass/Fail E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T TH 8:30 AM - 10:20 AM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: 260.611 Required for MMI students.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 113 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

260.615.01 CRITICALLY REVIEWING THE SCIENTIFIC 260.625.01 SCIENTIFIC GRANT WRITING LITERATURE Course offered this year Course offered this year (2 credits) (2 credits) Hardwick,J.-Marie Margolick,Joseph and Markham,Richard Covers the critical components of a scientific grant Unlike the typical literature review course, focuses application, common errors in grantsmanship and specifically on literature that is flawed in the how to avoid them, grant application review criteria, approach or methods used to examine a scientific ethics related to grant writing and reviewing, and question and examines how well the conclusions identification of funding sources. Students prepare drawn are justified by the data. Oral discussions of a short (6-page) proposal and a revision of this assigned literature are accompanied by weekly 2-3 same proposal following review. Proposal topics are page written reviews, which provides opportunities selected by the student and developed with the for students to get feedback on their writing skills, instructor. Students also prepare critiques of as well as their critical reading skills. classmates’ anonymous, instructor-edited proposals Upon successfully completing this course, for discussion in class. students will be able to: Upon successfully completing this course, 1. Critically review methods used to analyze a students will be able to: scientific question 1. Identify essential components of hypothesis- 2. Identify biases in scientific literature driven research plans 2. Construct a compelling proposal that 3. Identify conclusions in literature that are not reviewers can appreciate justified by the data 3. Gain grantsmanship skills by identifying the E-mail: [email protected] strengths and weaknesses of other proposals Lecture: T 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM 4. Experience the strengths and caveats of a peer-review system Enrollment minimum of 8 No Maximum E-mail: [email protected] Waitlist Enabled: No Lecture: T 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM MHS students in MMI Enrollment minimum of 5 Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail No Maximum Prerequisite: None Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail Recommended for, but not restricted to PhD students in laboratory sciences. Course Change Information: TermId, Hybrid, Recommended, RecommendedNote, CourseFormat, CourseOfferRationaleNote, ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, ScheduleTypeId, LearningMaterial, AdministrativeCourseFee, .07/06/2015;

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 114 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Upon successfully completing this course, 260.631.01 IMMUNOLOGY, INFECTION AND DISEASE students will be able to: Course offered this year 1. Discuss the biological basis for host-parasite (3 credits) adaptation Scott,Alan and Margolick,Joseph 2. Define the scope of parasitic infections of global public health importance Presents the fundamental cellular, molecular and genetic mechanisms that initiate and control 3. Learn epidemiological concepts of relevance immune responses elicited during pathogen to parasite infections challenge and vaccination. 4. Learn methods of diagnosis, identification and detection of parasites Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 5. Learn pathological changes associated with parasite infections 1. Demonstrate the basic principles of the cellular and molecular basis for the vertebrate 6. Discuss the role of vectors and intermediate immune response hosts in parasite transmission 2. Discuss the pathogenesis of bacterial, viral 7. Learn the role of vertebrate innate and and parasitic pathogens adaptive immune system in controlling parasites 3. Analyze the rationale behind vaccines and vaccination 8. Learn molecular biology concepts unique to parasite infections 4. Define the fundamentals of the genetics of immunity and how this impacts the 9. Define the biochemical targets for drugs susceptibility of individuals and populations to targeting parasites diseases of public health importance 10. Define the mechanisms of drug resistance E-mail: [email protected] 11. Define the immune evasion strategy Lecture: T TH 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM employed by certain parasites Enrollment minimum of 5 E-mail: [email protected] No Maximum Lecture: M W F 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM Waitlist Enabled: No Lab: M W F 3:00 PM-4:50 PM Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Special Lab Number: 260.935 Enrollment minimum of 5 260.635.01 BIOLOGY OF PARASITISM Enrollment maximum of 50 Course offered this year Waitlist Enabled: Yes (4 credits) Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Sullivan,David and Shiff,Clive Required for MMI students. MMI PhD and ScM Presents a biological basis of parasitic lifestyles should also enroll in 3 credit lab, 260.935. Non- including host responses and parasite evasion of MMI students may take the wet lab with special host defense mechanisms, transmission, permission. Laboratory sessions examine living epidemiology, diagnosis, clinical manifestations, and preserved parasites, gross pathology, pathology, treatment, and control of the major histopathology, and vectors. Journal discussions helminthic and protozoan infections of man based on research papers and topics of fundamental importance to parasitology will involve student participation in a seminar format.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 115 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Course Change Information: Upon successfully completing this course, StudentEval, .02/24/2015; students will be able to: 1. Explain the basic elements in the 260.800.01 MPH CAPSTONE MOLECULAR MICROBIOLOGY experimental design of immunological studies AND IMMUNOLOGY 2. Define the theory and practice behind major Course offered this year methods and techniques used in modern immunological research (2 credits) 3. Describe the components of well-constructed The MPH Capstone is an opportunity for students tables and figures to work on public health practice projects that are of particular interest to them. The goal is for students 4. Realize improved presentation skills to apply the skills and competencies they have acquired to a public health problem that simulates a 5. Define the elements of a well-constructed professional practice experience. manuscript -Explain the basic elements in the experimental Upon successfully completing this course, design of immunological studies students will be able to: -Define the theory and practice behind major methods and techniques used in modern immunological research Lecture: TBA -Describe the components of well-constructed tables and figures Enrollment minimum of 10 -Realize improved presentation skills" No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No E-mail: [email protected] Grading Options: Pass/Fail Lecture: T 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM Consent required for all students Enrollment minimum of 10 Consent from the Capstone Supervisor is Required No Maximum Prerequisite: All other MPH core requirements must Waitlist Enabled: No be taken before or concurrently with the capstone project. Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for all students Registration for this 2-credit course is required during the term that an MPH student completes the Prerequisite: Restricted to ScM and PhD graduate capstone project (e.g., 4th term for a full-time MPH students in MMI. student). This is the core discussion course for 260.611-.612; grades submitted at end of 2nd term. 260.802.01 TOPICS IN IMMUNOLOGY II Course Change Information: Course offered this year Prerequisite, InstructorConsentId, ConsentNote, EnrollMin, EnrollMax, TargetAud, (1 credits) CourseLocation, CourseFormat, IRBSurvey, Scott,Alan AuditorsAllowedId, ExpectedEnrollNumber, Employs a journal club presentation/discussion ScheduleTypeId, LearningMaterial, WaitList, format to explore advanced topics in basic .01/20/2015; immunology, the tenants of experimental design in immunology and the theory and practice of immunological methods. This is the core discussion class for 260.611-.612.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 116 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

260.810.01 FIELD PLACEMENT MOLECULAR 260.813.01 SURVIVAL SKILLS FOR ACADEMIA IN THE LAB MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY SCIENCES Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) (2 credits) Information not required for this course type Klein,Sabra and Pekosz,Andrew Aimed at providing MMI and other lab sciences with Enrollment minimum of 10 the skills necessary to present and publish data and No Maximum to find post-docs and/or jobs in the laboratory sciences. Topics include time management and Waitlist Enabled: No organization, preparing effective conference Grading Options: Pass/Fail presentations, manuscripts, and curriculum vitae, networking, interviewing, and getting hired. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Give effective presentations at conferences 2. Think creatively and independently 3. Prepare an application package, interview and get hired for a postdoc or job (either academic or non-academic) 4. Improve time management 5. Organize a poster or verbal presentation 6. Write effective cover letters 7. Prepare a curriculum vitae or resume 8. Write and review manuscripts 9. Present data more effectively 10. Successfully network

E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T 12:00 PM - 12:50 PM Enrollment minimum of 5 Enrollment maximum of 20 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for some students consent of instructor is required for non-MMI students & MMI MHS students

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 117 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Course Change Information: 260.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH MOLECULAR Hybrid, Recommended, TargetAud, MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY CourseLocation, AuditorsAllowedId, Course offered this year ExpectedEnrollNumber, ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, ContactPerson, (variable credits) ContactEmail, ScheduleTypeId, LearningMaterial, Information not required for this course type AdministrativeCourseFee, SectionFormatID, CPInstructor, .09/01/2015; Hybrid, Recommended, Enrollment minimum of 10 TargetAud, CourseLocation, AuditorsAllowedId, ExpectedEnrollNumber, ClassroomNeeds, No Maximum CommunityInvolvComponent, ContactPerson, Waitlist Enabled: No ContactEmail, ScheduleTypeId, LearningMaterial, AdministrativeCourseFee, SectionFormatID, Grading Options: Pass/Fail .09/01/2015; TargetAud, CourseLocation, CourseFormat, AuditorsAllowedId, 260.821.01 RESEARCH FORUM IN MOLECULAR ExpectedEnrollNumber, ContactPerson, MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY ContactEmail, ScheduleTypeId, LearningMaterial, .01/09/2015; TargetAud, CourseLocation, Course offered this year CourseFormat, IRBSurvey, AuditorsAllowedId, (1 credits) ExpectedEnrollNumber, ContactPerson, ContactEmail, ScheduleTypeId, LearningMaterial, Casadevall,Arturo .01/09/2015; Departmental students organize and present research findings, resulting from laboratory 260.822.01 SEMINARS IN RESEARCH IN MOLECULAR investigations or literature review, to faculty and MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY fellow students. These oral reports consist of rationale and background of the working Course offered this year hypothesis, experimental design, presentation of (1 credits) results, and analysis in the context of the hypothesis. Usually, each student presents twice a Casadevall,Arturo year and weekly attendance is required. Integrates academic training with current research in microbiology, immunology, and infectious Upon successfully completing this course, diseases. Researchers from JHU and other students will be able to: biomedical research institutions present results of 1. Become skilled in presenting research data state of the art investigations of microbial diseases to a diverse audience of public health significance, emphasizing 2. Become familiar with the research conducted experimental design and methodology for analysis in departmental laboratories and discussion. E-mail: [email protected] Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Lecture: M 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum E-mail: [email protected] Waitlist Enabled: No Lecture: TH 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM Grading Options: Pass/Fail Enrollment minimum of 10 Required for MMI students. No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 118 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Grading Options: Pass/Fail 260.840.01 SS/R: MOLECULAR MICROBIOLOGY AND Required for MMI students. IMMUNOLOGY Course Change Information: Course offered this year Hybrid, Recommended, StudentEval, TargetAud, CourseLocation, IRBSurvey, AuditorsAllowedId, (variable credits) ExpectedEnrollNumber, ClassroomNeeds, Information not required for this course type CommunityInvolvComponent, ContactPerson, ContactEmail, ScheduleTypeId, LearningMaterial, Enrollment minimum of 10 AdministrativeCourseFee, SectionFormatID, .09/01/2015; Hybrid, Recommended, StudentEval, No Maximum TargetAud, CourseLocation, IRBSurvey, Waitlist Enabled: No AuditorsAllowedId, ExpectedEnrollNumber, ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, Grading Options: Pass/Fail ContactPerson, ContactEmail, ScheduleTypeId, LearningMaterial, AdministrativeCourseFee, 260.851.01 LABORATORY ROTATIONS SectionFormatID, CPInstructor, .09/01/2015; StudentEval, TargetAud, CourseLocation, Course offered this year CourseFormat, AuditorsAllowedId, (4-8 credits) ExpectedEnrollNumber, ContactPerson, ContactEmail, ScheduleTypeId, LearningMaterial, All departmental Sc.M. and doctoral students spend .01/13/2015; StudentEval, TargetAud, two and three terms, respectively, participating in CourseLocation, CourseFormat, IRBSurvey, the research activities of departmental faculty's AuditorsAllowedId, ContactPerson, ContactEmail, laboratories. Students select appropriate rotations ScheduleTypeId, LearningMaterial, .01/13/2015; in consultation with their academic advisors and the departmental Graduate Program Committee. 260.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH MOLECULAR Information not required for this course type MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY Lecture: TBA Course offered this year Enrollment minimum of 10 (variable credits) No Maximum Information not required for this course type Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 10 Grading Options: Pass/Fail No Maximum Consent required for all students Waitlist Enabled: No Consent of rotation supervisor required. Grading Options: Pass/Fail Required for MMI students.

260.854.01 CURRENT LITERATURE IN MICROBIAL IMMUNITY Course offered this year (1 credits) Bream,Jay and Zavala,Fidel

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 119 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Reviews and discusses, in depth, current publications in the field of microbial immunity, with 260.895.01 MPH PRACTICUM: MMI emphasis on the areas of innate/adaptive immunity, Course offered this year pathogenesis, and vaccination. (variable credits) Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Students who have not met the practicum requirement, must register for at least two credits 1. Critically evaluate instructor selected scientific literature in microbial immunity, The MPH Practicum is a mentored, hands-on vaccine immunology, and regulation of the practical public health experience, which involves immune response with a primary focus on meaningful participation and interaction with public contemporary literature health professionals. 2. Assess a wide variety of experimental Upon successfully completing this course, methods and approaches used to measure students will be able to: cellular and humoral immunity to microbial challenge 3. Develop skills and strategies to critically Enrollment minimum of 10 evaluate the primary literature in terms of No Maximum hypothesis testing, the suitability of experimental approach, and conclusions as Waitlist Enabled: No they relate to established immunological Grading Options: Pass/Fail paradigms 4. Develop student oral presentation skills Population, Family and Reproductive Health

E-mail: [email protected] 380.603.01 DEMOGRAPHIC METHODS FOR PUBLIC Lecture: W 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM HEALTH Enrollment minimum of 5 Course offered this year Enrollment maximum of 24 (4 credits) Waitlist Enabled: Yes Hughes,M. E. Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Teaches students the basic methods demographers Prerequisite: Principles of Immunology I use to describe populations and analyze population change. Introduces the concept of a population, This is distinct from a journal club in that students describes the demographic approach to are graded on the depth and quality of their populations, and identifies sources of population presentation and understanding of topics data. Covers four sets of methods with broad discussed. applicability in public health: 1) techniques for Course Change Information: describing population composition, distribution, and AuditorsAllowedId, CourseOfferRationaleNote, growth; 2) methods to compare populations (age- ContactPerson, ContactEmail, ScheduleTypeId, period-cohort approaches and standardization and WaitList, CoInstructor1, .02/23/2015; decomposition of rates); 3) single-decrement life tables; and 4) the cohort-component method for population projection. Also covers the basic tools used to study the fundamental population processes of fertility, mortality, and migration.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 120 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Upon successfully completing this course, Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: students will be able to: 1. Analyze population composition, distribution, 1. Using a systems framework, identify how growth, and components of growth MCH service can influence the health of 2. Differentiate and apply age, period, and women, children, adolescents, and families cohort approaches to population data 2. Describe the structure of the health care 3. Utilize standardization to compare system that provides services for women, populations across time and space children, and adolescents with a special focus on the public sector that serves those of low 4. Create and interpret single-decrement life income in the United States and in developing tables countries 5. Project a population’s size and age-sex 3. Describe the body of United States federal composition using the cohort-component legislation that mandates and provides funds method for the delivery of services to women and 6. Calculate and interpret measures of children mortality, fertility, and migration 4. Apply strategies to influence the legislative, 7. Locate appropriate sources of demographic budget, and administrative processes at the data and describe their limitations federal, state, regional, and community levels E-mail: [email protected] 5. Apply tools and strategies to manage MCH services and related programs Lecture: T TH 3:30 PM - 5:20 PM 6. Identify key issues related to the Enrollment minimum of 10 implementation and evaluation of maternal and Enrollment maximum of 35 child health Waitlist Enabled: Yes 7. Construct administrative memos to convey information regarding maternal and child health Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail E-mail: [email protected] 380.624.01 MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH LEGISLATION Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM AND PROGRAMS Enrollment minimum of 10 Course offered this year No Maximum (4 credits) Waitlist Enabled: No Minkovitz,Cynthia Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Analyzes the structure, organization, administration and management of social and health service 380.662.01 CRITIQUING THE RESEARCH LITERATURE IN programs serving the maternal and child health MATERNAL, NEONATAL, AND REPRODUCTIVE populations. Lectures, discussions, and analysis of HEALTH current research and practice present the goals and impact of national programs such as Title V Course offered this year MCH/CSHCN, Medicaid/CHIP, Head Start, Family (4 credits) Planning, WIC/Nutrition, community/migrant health centers, child welfare, and of privately sponsored Strobino,Donna programs.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 121 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Discusses the sources of data and analytic and STRATEGIC LEADERSHIP PRINCIPLES AND conceptual basis for methodological approaches to TOOLS FOR HEALTH SYSTEM the study of maternal, neonatal, and reproductive TRANSFORMATION IN DEVELOPING health. Critically evaluates selected research COUNTRIES articles in maternal, neonatal, and reproductive Course offered this year health. (4 credits) Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Lozare,Benjamin and Mosley,Henry 1. Identify the usefulness and limitations of data Introduces students to the principles of strategic from routinely collected records and major leadership, placing these in the context of national surveys for studying maternal, facilitating health systems change in developing neonatal and reproductive health countries. Covers the following topics: mental models and the household production of health, 2. Use the analytic and conceptual basis of systems thinking and strategic leverage, personal various methodological approaches for studying mastery and commitment to change, action-learning pregnancy, maternal, newborn, and principles and practice, shared vision and creative reproductive health as a guide to evaluating tension, the theory of constraints and root cause research analysis, strategy design and key moves, 3. Evaluate measures of pregnancy, maternal, implementation with accountability, and linking data newborn, and reproductive health to action. Develops leadership skills via interactive 4. Evaluate measures of social and biological computer exercises using STARGuide software, factors and their relation to maternal, newborn, small group work and class presentations. and reproductive health Upon successfully completing this course, 5. Critically evaluate studies related to students will be able to: maternal, newborn and reproductive health and 1. Recognize the importance of self reflection to identify valid inferences from the studies clarify one’s values and purpose in life, and E-mail: [email protected] understand how one’s mindset (world mental models) shapes the reality that one observes Lecture: T TH 8:30 AM - 10:20 AM Enrollment minimum of 8 2. Describe the underlying relationships and Enrollment maximum of 20 deeper patterns that shape it, and identify leverage points for change Waitlist Enabled: Yes Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 3. Engage stakeholders at every level in Consent required for some students coalitions to generate a shared vision of a better future Consent required for some students Explanation: 4. Build committed action-learning teams based Permission required for registration after the 1st on shared goals and values, mutual respect, week of add/drop. and a willingness to take risks and learn from mistakes Permission required for registration after the 1st week of add/drop. 5. Negotiate conflict, accepting differences, but Course Change Information: taking actions from which all sides can learn .03/03/2015; and benefit

380.681.01

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 122 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

6. Create organizations with a climate of trust, Upon successfully completing this course, transparency, mutual cooperation and a desire students will be able to: to learn continuously 1. Explore domestic and international perspectives to identify principle sexual and 7. Communicate effectively by holding reproductive health concerns and approaches conversations focused on outcomes, balancing 2. Apply masculinity theory, in relation to the advocacy with inquiry, and clarifying socio-ecological framework and other assumptions, beliefs and feelings within oneself frameworks, in order to assess its relative and others influences on male’s health, health care use, E-mail: [email protected] and relationships 3. Assess the principle concerns and relative Lecture: TH 5:30 PM - 7:20 PM impacts of associated population-based risk Enrollment minimum of 12 factors affecting male sexual and reproductive Enrollment maximum of 36 health and health care needs across the lifespan Waitlist Enabled: Yes 4. Consider necessary strategies to promote Masters and Doctoral students male sexual and reproductive health that Grading Options: Pass/Fail address developmentally specific health needs and behaviors across the lifespan Consent required for all students 5. Evaluate community-based as well as clinic- Permission from instructor is required for this based intervention studies for male sexual and course. reproductive health needs and their relative Jointly offered with HBS population-based risk factors 6. Learn about student generated topics of 380.720.01 MASCULINITY, SEXUAL BEHAVIOR & HEALTH: interest related to male sexual and reproductive ADOLESCENCE & BEYOND health needs and their relative population- Course offered this year based risk factors 7. Evaluate strategies to promote population (variable credits) health including identifying further training Students can take the course for a total of 3 units needs for medicine and public health, policies, by writing a paper programs, health services, and systems Marcell,Arik delivery that address sexual and reproductive health and health care. Focuses on male health with particular attention to sexual and reproductive health and healthcare use E-mail: [email protected] among adolescents, extending throughout the lifespan. Assesses the principal health concerns for Lecture: M 10:00 AM - 11:50 AM sexual and reproductive health, the associated Enrollment minimum of 8 population-based risk factors, and the relative Enrollment maximum of 15 impact of each risk factor. Students critically examine the meaning of masculinity and the impact Waitlist Enabled: Yes of masculinity beliefs on males’ health and Consent required for undergraduates. healthcare use. Students also evaluate strategies to promote population health including the policies and Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail programs or health care delivery that address Consent required for some students health concerns and behavior for male sexual and Enrollment by undergraduates requires consent of reproductive health. the instructor.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 123 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Course is held in departmental space. 380.756.01 POVERTY, ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, AND Course Change Information: HEALTH Credit, StudentEval, .03/12/2015; Course offered this year (4 credits) Bishai,David Introduces students to leading theories in economic development and in the macroeconomic determinants of the health of populations, communities, and individuals. Reviews both historical and current cases to answer the following questions: What is economic development? How does economic development occur? Which aspects of development improve and which aspects are detrimental to human health? Can policymakers plot more “hygienic” plans for economic development? Do investments in health and family planning cause economies to prosper? Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Distinguish competing definitions of household poverty, macroeconomic development and describe the flaws in commonly used development indicators 2. Distinguish among the major theories that explain reasons behind economic development 3. Distinguish and evaluate leading theories that link economic development to health, demographic transition, and urbanization 4. Summarize current research on the interaction between urbanization, poverty, and health 5. Evaluate research claims that health investments stimulate economic development 6. Decide when historical public health interventions were and were not suited to the economic environment of the target population E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 5 Enrollment maximum of 25 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 124 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

380.800.01 MPH CAPSTONE POPULATION, FAMILY AND 380.820.01 THESIS RESEARCH POPULATION, FAMILY REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH AND REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH Course offered this year Course offered this year (2 credits) (variable credits) Must have 1-4 credits per term for two terms. Information not required for this course type The MPH Capstone is an opportunity for students to work on public health practice projects that are of Enrollment minimum of 10 particular interest to them. The goal is for students No Maximum to apply the skills and competencies they have acquired to a public health problem that simulates a Waitlist Enabled: No professional practice experience. Grading Options: Pass/Fail Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 380.821.01 PFRH PROPOSAL WRITING SEMINAR Course offered this year

Enrollment minimum of 10 (2 credits) No Maximum Hughes,M. E. Waitlist Enabled: No Explores the process of developing a dissertation proposal to prepare PFRH students for Grading Options: Pass/Fail departmental and preliminary oral exams. Covers Consent required for all students the nuts and bolts of writing a proposal from developing a research question through completing Consent from the Capstone Supervisor is Required a timeline and obtaining IRB approval. Combines Prerequisite: All other MPH core requirements must readings and student presentations as well as be taken before or concurrently with the capstone occasional guest lectures. Intended only for project. students in the department of Population, Family and Reproductive Health. Registration for this 2-credit course is required during the term that an MPH student completes the Upon successfully completing this course, capstone project (e.g., 4th term for a full-time MPH students will be able to: student). 1. Develop a research question, study aims, and hypotheses to be used in a dissertation 380.810.01 FIELD PLACEMENT POPULATION, FAMILY AND proposal REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH 2. Conduct a literature review which identifies Course offered this year current research and gaps as they relate to the study and research questions and aims (variable credits) 3. Identify an appropriate study design Information not required for this course type including study population and methodology, both quantitative and qualitative Enrollment minimum of 10 4. Identify data sets or setting for data No Maximum collection Waitlist Enabled: No 5. Examine frameworks and find appropriate frameworks for the study Grading Options: Pass/Fail 6. Review analytic methods

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 125 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

7. Develop a feasible timeline for the study 380.824.01 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN POPULATION, FAMILY 8. Consider ethical issues and IRB approval AND REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH II 9. Identify potential funding sources Course offered this year (2 credits) E-mail: [email protected] Minkovitz,Cynthia and Strobino,Donna Enrollment minimum of 1 Provides experience in critical evaluation of No Maximum historical and contemporary research pertinent to Waitlist Enabled: No the focal areas within Population, Family and Reproductive Health. Addresses a range of topics, PFRH Doctoral Students only drawing on research from multiple academic Grading Options: Pass/Fail disciplines. Students and faculty critique and discuss conceptual frameworks and empirical Prerequisite: Must be PFRH Doctoral Student; must articles and examine their methodological and have completed second year comprehensive disciplinary perspectives of the research or articles exams. related to the focal areas. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Apply diverse conceptual frameworks to public health issues pertinent to focal areas within PFRH 2. Critique empirical articles addressing public health issues related to focal areas in PFRH 3. Compare and contrast the approaches of various academic disciplines to public health issues of relevance to focal areas in PFRH 4. Recognize and critically evaluate common study designs and methods used in research relevant to focal areas in PFRH E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T 12:00 PM - 1:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 5 Enrollment maximum of 15 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Second year doctoral students in Population, Family and Reproductive Health ( PFRH) Grading Options: Pass/Fail Prerequisite: Successful completion of courses required in first year of doctoral program in PFRH Department Space will be used

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 126 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

380.830.01 POSTDOCTORAL RESEARCH POPULATION, 380.870.01 PFRH SPECIAL STUDIES IN PUBLIC HEALTH FAMILY AND REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH PRACTICE Course offered this year Course offered this year (variable credits) (variable credits) Information not required for this course type Credits will vary according to scope of activity. The preceptor/advisor will determine the number of Enrollment minimum of 10 units. No Maximum Provides students with the opportunity to receive academic credit for direct involvement in public Waitlist Enabled: No health practice activities such as: on-site placement Grading Options: Pass/Fail with a public health agency, community organization, or academic center involving active participation in public health practice activities; 380.840.01 SPECIAL STUDIES AND RESEARCH Development of public health practice or policy POPULATION, FAMILY AND REPRODUCTIVE recommendations based upon current research HEALTH findings (translation); advocacy activities, for Course offered this year example, testifying in the legislature, and presenting data for the purpose of influencing public (variable credits) health policy or practice; preparation and conduct of Blum,Robert a presentation related to a public health problem for a broad audience, including public health Information not required for this course type practitioners, community members, and other E-mail: [email protected] professionals; and direct participation in the activities of community boards or advisory groups. Enrollment minimum of 10 Information not required for this course type No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 10 Grading Options: Pass/Fail No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail

380.881.01 LESSONS IN LEADERSHIP: APPLICATIONS FOR POPULATION, FAMILY AND REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH II Course offered this year (1 credits) Blum,Robert Focuses on instruments and tools that assess leadership styles, strengths and weaknesses. Explores communication strategies used by effective leaders and interview public health leaders to identify how they approach their work. Opportunity to read studies in leadership.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 127 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 380.895.01 MPH PRACTICUM: PFRH 1. Analyze the components of effective Course offered this year leadership strategies used by effective leaders (variable credits) 2. Explore their own leadership styles so as to Students who have not met the practicum identify personal strengths and limitations requirement, must register for at least two credits 3. Explain team dynamics and effectively use The MPH Practicum is a mentored, hands-on small work groups practical public health experience, which involves 4. Manage conflict and give effective feedback meaningful participation and interaction with public health professionals. 5. Practice communication skills associated with leadership Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M 4:30 PM - 7:00 PM Enrollment minimum of 15 Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment maximum of 30 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: Yes Waitlist Enabled: No Restricted to graduate students. Preference is given Grading Options: Pass/Fail to second year graduate students. Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Multi-term with 380.880 Final grade applies to all terms Credit is only earned by completing 380.880 through 380.883; Grades are issued after completion of the series. Students must enroll consecutively. Failure to enroll consecutively, will result in a grade of W. Course Change Information: Hybrid, Recommended, RecommendedNote, CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, ClassroomNeedsNote, CommunityInvolvComponent, AdministrativeCourseFee, .09/25/2015; ClassroomNeeds, ClassroomNeedsNote, .05/11/2015; .03/12/2015;

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 128 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS. INTERNATIONAL COHORT Celentano,David and Latimore,Amanda Students learn to apply social epidemiologic Extradepartmental concepts, introduced through weekly online lectures and readings, through the use of discussions, group activities, case studies and labs. Prepares students 550.845.20 COMPREHENSIVE OR PRELIMINARY ORAL to understand and appreciate the contribution of EXAM FOR PART TIME INTERNATIONAL DRPH social factors to disease etiology, course and the STUDENTS distribution of states of health in populations. After reviewing the conceptual and theoretical Course offered this year underpinnings of social epidemiology from an (2 credits) historical perspective, focuses on the scientific findings in the field from the 1970s until today. The Since US Immigration laws require that all influence of social context on behavior is well- International students must be enrolled full time known, and forms the backbone for most health when on campus, students must complete their promotion interventions; we focus initially on how departmental/program comprehensive examination the social environment influences behavior, by or their School preliminary oral examination shaping norms, reinforcing social control, providing enrolled as a full-time student during the time environmental opportunity, and coping strategies. period of the exam. Upon successfully completing this course, Information not required for this course type students will be able to: 1. Explain the historical and theoretical Enrollment minimum of 10 underpinnings of the field of social No Maximum epidemiology and discuss the major unsolved Waitlist Enabled: No issues confronting the field Enrollment restricted to international part time 2. Demonstrate the quality and limitations of Doctor of Public Health degree students who intend measurement of key social conditions to be on campus to complete their influencing health and illness of populations departmental/program comprehensive exam or their 3. Distinguish between psychological Departmental or School preliminary oral exam. (individual-based) approaches to discussing Grading Options: Pass/Fail health disparities from the social perspective (community-based), and demonstrate how the Please enroll with your advisor. Full time enrollment empirical literature critically supports these for part time students engaged in on campus/in differences for a particular health or disease person academic activities is defined as 2 term state. credits (16 contact hours) per week. 4. Operate within and facilitate a discussion group format REGULAR TERM, REGULAR COHORT E-mail: [email protected] (BLENDED) Lecture: T 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM Epidemiology Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment maximum of 50 Waitlist Enabled: Yes 340.666.60 FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIAL EPIDEMIOLOGY Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Course offered this year (3 credits)

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 129 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Prerequisite: 340.751 or 340.601 or equivalent. 3. Identify and differentiate sources of bias Students must complete Introduction to Online resulting from participant selection, Learning prior to enrolling in this course. measurement and misallocation of person-time, describe the impact of these biases on Course is a modified blended course. Students are epidemiologic inferences, and identify expected to prepare, listen and read materials approaches for ameliorating their influence PRIOR to the class meetings. It is critical that students participate in the online lectures and 4. Articulate concepts and terminology used to readings in order to be prepared for the class define a ‘cause’ in epidemiology; utilize meetings. graphical tools (e.g., DAGs) to illustrate and explain causal inference concepts Course Change Information: Prerequisite, StudentEval, .03/19/2015; 5. Distinguish and illustrate confounding, effect Prerequisite, StudentEval, .03/18/2015; modification, and mediation, and contrast ‘classical’ (e.g., regression-based) and modern 340.722.60 EPIDEMIOLOGIC INFERENCE IN PUBLIC (e.g., propensity-score) approaches for HEALTH II addressing these phenomena 6. Evaluate the strengths and weakness of Course offered this year epidemiological investigations with non-causal (4 credits) inferential goals, including ‘risk-factor’ studies Golub,Elizabeth T. and Gange,Stephen and prediction Expands knowledge beyond introductory level E-mail: [email protected] epidemiologic concepts and methods material, Lecture: M F 9:00 AM - 10:20 AM using examples from the published literature. Emphasizes interpretation and the ability to critically Enrollment minimum of 10 evaluate issues related to populations/study design, No Maximum measurement, population comparisons and inference, including: modern cohort study designs; Waitlist Enabled: No advanced nested designs; novel techniques for Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail exposure assessment; interpretation and utility of Prerequisite: 340.601 or 340.721 or 340.751; measures of impact; sources of bias and methods 140.621 or equivalent. for their prevention; descriptive and analytical goals for observational study inference; the counterfactual Course replaces 340.608 Observational model for defining exchangeability, cause, and Epidemiology. Students who have successfully confounding; and synthesis of inferences from completed 340.608 should not take this course. observational studies. This is the second course in the Professional Upon successfully completing this course, Epidemiology methods sequence. students will be able to: Course Change Information: 1. Critically analyze public health literature and Hybrid, Recommended, StudentEval, TargetAud, utilize a framework to illustrate strengths and CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, .10/21/2015; limitations in the epidemiologic approach Hybrid, Recommended, CourseFormat, CourseOfferRationaleNote, ClassroomNeeds, 2. Compare and contrast advanced aspects of CommunityInvolvComponent, CourseSectionNote, randomized clinical trials, cohort, and nested AdministrativeCourseFee, SectionFormatID, study designs, with an emphasis on methods NewSectionFormatNote, .06/25/2015; for participant selection, data summarization and population comparisons based on these DISTANCE EDUCATION designs

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 130 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

To participate in any fully online (section .81 or .89) course, you Biochemistry and Molecular Biology must have first completed Introduction to Online Learning http://courseplus.jhsph.edu/iol/ . Fully online courses must have consent of instructor to be taken as audit. Students can find 120.620.81 FUNDAMENTALS OF REPRODUCTIVE information about any course, including course dates, on the BIOLOGY course website in CoursePlus https://courseplus.jhsph.edu/core/index.cfm/go/home/. Registation Course offered this year information can be found at http://www.jhsph.edu/offices-and- (3 credits) services/student-affairs/records-and-registration/registration.html Zirkin,Barry and Wright,William Addresses the basic biological mechanisms that underlie male and female reproduction and that pertain to reproductive health issues, such as contraception, infertility, healthy reproductive outcomes, sexually transmitted diseases, and reproductive aging. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Demonstrate a working knowledge of biological aspects pertinent to a variety of issues in reproduction and reproductive health and medicine 2. Comprehend biological issues in reproductive health and medicine at a level sufficient to explain and analyze questions of interest 3. Use this knowledge of the biological principles of reproduction in practical ‘real world’ applications, such as writing position papers or explaining relevant information to lay people such as patients or groups (e.g., how a contraceptive works, what the advantages and risks of in vitro fertilization are, why there is controversy regarding embryonic stem cell research) E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning

Biostatistics

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 131 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

140.612.81 STATISTICAL REASONING IN PUBLIC HEALTH 5. Explain the assumption of proportional II hazards, and what this means regarding the interpretation of hazard (incidence rate) ratios Course offered this year from Cox regression models (3 credits) 6. Explain how most of the hypotheses tests McGready,John covered in Statistical Reasoning 1 can be Provides a broad overview of biostatistical methods expressed as simple regression models and concepts used in the public health sciences, 7. Describe the conditions necessary for an emphasizing interpretation and concepts rather exposure/outcome relationship to be than calculations or mathematical details. Develops confounded by one or more other variables ability to read the scientific literature to critically 8. Explain how to interpret an adjusted evaluate study designs and methods of data association analysis. Introduces basic concepts of statistical inference, including hypothesis testing, p-values, 9. Explain the concept of effect modification, and confidence intervals. Topics include and how it differs from confounding comparisons of means and proportions; the normal 10. Describe the process for assessing whether distribution; regression and correlation; an outcome/exposure association is modified confounding; concepts of study design, including by another factor randomization, sample size, and power 11. Discuss why multiple regression techniques considerations; logistic regression; and an overview allow for the analysis of the relationship of some methods in survival analysis. Draws between an outcome and a predictor in the examples of the use and abuse of statistical presence of confounding variables methods from the current biomedical literature. 12. Utilize the results from all regression types Upon successfully completing this course, covered (linear, logistic and Cox) to assess students will be able to: confounding and effect modification 1. Interpret the results from simple linear 13. Use the results from linear regression regression to assess the magnitude and models to predict the mean value of a significance of the relationship between a continuous outcome variable for different continuous outcome variable and a binary, subgroups of a population defined by different categorical or continuous predictor variable predictor set values 2. Assess the strength of a linear relationship 14. Use the results from logistic regression between two continuous variables via the models to predict the probability of a binary coefficient of determination (R squared) and/or condition for different subgroups of a population its counterpart, the correlation coefficient defined by different predictor set values 3. Interpret the results from simple logistic 15. Explain what a propensity score is, and how regression to assess the magnitude and it can be useful for estimating an adjusted significance of the relationship between a outcome/exposure relationship in the presence binary outcome variable and a binary, of potentially many confounders categorical or continuous predictor variable 4. Interpret the results from simple Cox E-mail: [email protected] regression to assess the magnitude and Enrollment minimum of 10 significance of the relationship between a time to event variable and a binary, categorical or No Maximum continuous predictor variable Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for some students

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 132 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

non-degree seeking students 180.620.81 FOOD PRODUCTION, PUBLIC HEALTH, AND Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning. THE ENVIRONMENT Clinical Investigation Course offered this year (4 credits) 390.673.81 ETHICAL AND REGULATORY ISSUES IN Nachman,Keeve and Walker,Polly CLINICAL RESEARCH Introduces the complex and challenging public Course offered this year health issue of food security (sufficient, safe and nutritious food for all) in a world where (3 credits) approximately one billion people are under- Adkinson,Franklin and Dodson,Jennifer L. nourished while over 1.5 billion are overweight or Explores and examines the ethical issues central to obese. Explores the connections among diet, the clinical research, reviews current regulations for current food and food animal production system, clinical investigation, promotes understanding of the the environment and public health, considering function and procedures of Institutional Review factors such as equity, population pressure and the Boards, and better appreciation of the role of good historical, economic and political forces that have clinical practices for clinical trials. helped shape food systems. Focuses on the U.S. experience, but also uses case studies in the U.S. Upon successfully completing this course, and internationally to illustrate the issues discussed. students will be able to: Considers alternative approaches to achieving both 1. Observe the ethical underpinnings of human local and global food security. Explores the subjects research important role public health professionals can play. Guest lecturers include experts from a variety of 2. Identify good clinical practices for clinical disciplines and experiences. trials, including the use of standard operating procedures Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 3. Identify the requirements and procedures for IRB approval of human subject research, 1. Define the concepts of food systems and including recent HIPAA regulations food security and describe how each relates to public health 4. Integrate modern ethical standards and regulatory requirements into design of a clinical 2. Describe how diet, food production, the investigation environment, equity, population and resources inter-relate to impact each other and ultimately E-mail: [email protected] human health Enrollment minimum of 10 3. Describe five historical, economic, or political No Maximum factors that have helped shape the current food system Waitlist Enabled: No 4. Identify three to five opportunities and Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail challenges to encourage dietary behavior Consent required for some students change, support sustainable agriculture, improve food security and lessen the This course is geared toward GTPCI and SOCI environmental and public health impact of food students, however it is open to other scientists or production and consumption clinicians. Prerequisite: E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 10 Environmental Health Sciences No Maximum

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 133 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Waitlist Enabled: No 182.623.81 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail MANAGEMENT Consent required for some students Course offered this year Consent required for those not matriculated into a JHSPH graduate program. (3 credits) Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning Averill,Dennis Examines modern Lean management methodology and how it can be leveraged to design and implement an effective health, safety, and environmental (HSE) management system in an organization. Dtresses Lean management methods and tools and how they impact organizational structure, SHE planning, risk assessment, training, and continuous HSE improvement.

Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Demonstrate an understanding of the evolution of management thought and how it has influenced occupational health, safety, and environmental (HSE) management 2. Demonstrate an understanding of and apply Lean management methodology to improving health, safety, and sustainability performance in organizations 3. Apply continuous improvement and Lean management tools to occupational health and safety including; loss trees, root cause analysis, OPLs, 5S, visual methods, and Kaizen 4. Utilize current concepts of leadership and change management to improve HSE management 5. Demonstrate an understanding of HSE risk assessment methods E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning

187.610.81 PUBLIC HEALTH TOXICOLOGY

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 134 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Course offered this year Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail (4 credits) Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning; a background in organic chemistry and/or Yager,James and Trush,Michael biochemistry and cell biology useful. Students examine basic concepts of toxicology as they apply to the effects of environmental agents, Epidemiology e.g. chemicals, metals, on public health. We discuss the distribution, cellular penetration, metabolic conversion, and elimination of toxic 340.627.81 EPIDEMIOLOGY OF INFECTIOUS DISEASES agents, as well as the fundamental laws governing Course offered this year the interaction of foreign chemicals with biological systems. Students focus on the application of these (4 credits) concepts to the understanding and prevention of Nelson,Kenrad and Moss,William morbidity and mortality resulting from environmental exposures to toxic substances through a case study Introduces the basic methods for infectious disease format. epidemiology and case studies of important disease syndromes and entities. Methods include definitions Upon successfully completing this course, and nomenclature, outbreak investigations, disease students will be able to: surveillance, case-control studies, cohort studies, 1. Describe the chemical properties and the laboratory diagnosis, molecular epidemiology, biological processes which modulate the dynamics of transmission, and assessment of toxicokinetics of chemical agents of public vaccine field effectiveness. Case-studies focus on health importance acute respiratory infections, diarrheal diseases, hepatitis, HIV, tuberculosis, sexually transmitted 2. Explain the significance of biotransformation diseases, malaria, and other vector-borne diseases. reactions as a determinant of the toxicokinetic and toxicodynamic activities of chemicals Upon successfully completing this course, 3. Describe molecular, cellular and students will be able to: pathophysiological responses resulting from 1. Describe and discuss the main exposure to chemical agents relevant to human epidemiological characteristics of the major health infectious diseases of humans 4. Identify underlying susceptibility factors 2. Describe how these epidemiological which contribute to the ability of chemicals to characteristics can be utilized to develop and elicit bioeffects which contribute to human evaluate strategies to prevent epidemics or disease endemic transmission of the major infections of 5. Explain the science underlying testing for the humans ability of chemicals to elicit adverse human 3. Identify and examine epidemiological health effects characteristics such as incubation period, infectious period, means of transmission and 6. Put into perspective the role of toxicology in reservoir of these infectious diseases the risk assessment process 7. Discuss in depth the toxicology of selected E-mail: [email protected] organs and agents Enrollment minimum of 10 E-mail: [email protected] No Maximum Enrollment minimum of 10 Waitlist Enabled: No No Maximum Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Waitlist Enabled: No Prerequisite: 340.751 or 340.601; 140.621; AND Introduction to Online Learning

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 135 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Must complete Internet skills course no later than 7. Analyze intervention modalities used to October prior to enrollment. interrupt vertical transmission of HIV Course Change Information: 8. Discuss several aspects of legal issues in the Hybrid, Recommended, RecommendedNote, HIV/AIDS field CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, 9. Predict future issues and trends of HIV/AIDS CommunityInvolvComponent, ContactEmail, by discussing the concept of HIV candidate ContactPerson2, ContactEmail2, vaccines, the economic burden of HIV/AIDS in AdministrativeCourseFee, PrimaryInstructor2, the world, and the future projections of PrimaryInstructor3, .10/02/2015; Hybrid, HIV/AIDS cases during the upcoming decade Recommended, RecommendedNote, CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, ContactPerson2, E-mail: [email protected] ContactEmail2, AdministrativeCourseFee, .10/02/2015; TargetAud, ContactEmail, Enrollment minimum of 10 .02/23/2015; No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No 340.646.81 EPIDEMIOLOGY AND PUBLIC HEALTH IMPACT OF HIV AND AIDS Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning. Course offered this year (4 credits) 340.682.81 PHARMACOEPIDEMIOLOGY METHODS Farzadegan,Homayoon Course not offered until 2016 - 2017 Provides an overview of the historical and public health aspects of the AIDS epidemic with review (3 credits) and analysis of virology, immunology, clinical and Segal,Jodi and Shermock,Kenneth laboratory manifestations, legal issues, clinical Acquaints students with the key elements of management, coinfection, economic impact, and pharmacoepidemiology. Explores the utilization and needs for future research and intervention for global effects of drugs in large numbers of people. control of the HIV epidemic. Discusses the application of epidemiological Upon successfully completing this course, methods to pharmacological issues. Focuses students will be able to: heavily on questions of pharmacodynamics, 1. Establish a knowledge base on the basic concentrating on clinical patient outcomes and on science of HIV infection and host response therapeutics (i.e., appropriate use of drugs). Applies the research methods of clinical epidemiology (e.g., randomized trials, cohort studies, case-control 2. Recognize and compare HIV/AIDS studies) to the content area of pharmacology (e.g., epidemics at the global level determinants of beneficial and adverse drug effects, 3. Explain the basis of clinical management of effects of genetic variation on drug effect, dose- HIV infection at individual and population levels response relationships, duration-response relationships, clinical effects of potential drug-drug 4. Describe the science and epidemiology of interactions, effects of non-adherence). Examines HIV drug resistance programmatic efforts to improve medication use on 5. Compare risk factors for HIV infection and a population basis. the behavioral interventions for prevention of HIV infection Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 6. Describe the science and epidemiology of dual infections of HIV and viral hepatitis, HPV, 1. Describe the development of the drug tuberculosis, and malaria regulation processes in the United States

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 136 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

2. Recognize the role of industry in drug Second offering in a four-quarter series of graduate development courses in Genetic Epidemiology. Details the 3. Appraise pharmacovigilance systems concepts of linkage disequilibrium and population genetics, including methods for admixture analysis 4. Access different data sources for useful for adjusting for individual variation in genetic pharmacoepidemiology studies and their ancestry/background. Presents the principles of strengths and limitations genetic association analyses for quantitative and qualitative phenotypes for population-based 5. Apply epidemiological techniques to studies. Details the concepts and tools related to questions about drug effectiveness or drug confounding due to population stratification, and safety approaches for genome-wide association studies. Introduces methods for linkage analysis in families 6. Recognize the role of industry in drug and use of high-throughput sequence data (whole development exome and whole genome). Selected class 7. Explain the drug approval process in the US sessions are dedicated to computer labs to illustrate the methods covered, and student presentations of published studies drawn from the recent scientific E-mail: [email protected] literature. Enrollment minimum of 5 Upon successfully completing this course, No Maximum students will be able to: Waitlist Enabled: No 1. Demonstrate the concepts of linkage disequilibrium and explain haplotype analysis graduate students only 2. Discuss the concept of genetic admixture Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail and confounding by ancestry in the context of Prerequisite: 340.601 or 340.751 or 550.695 epidemiology studies 3. Describe the various design strategies for 340.732.81 PRINCIPLES OF GENETIC EPIDEMIOLOGY 2 genetic studies and discuss the advantages and disadvantages of each Course offered this year 4. Perform genetic association tests in (3 credits) population-based samples, in either prospective Beaty,Terri or retrospective designs 5. Apply tools to adjust for confounding by ancestry 6. Apply the above concepts in the context of genome-wide association studies 7. Perform and interpret linkage analyses on family data 8. Explain the difference between genetic association and genetic linkage studies 9. Explain the advantages and disadvantages of sequencing (whole exome/whole genome) studies compared to candidate gene or genome-wide marker based studies 10. Describe and evaluate methods for quality control of data from genome-wide marker studies

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 137 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

E-mail: [email protected] 550.605.81 HISTORY OF PUBLIC HEALTH Enrollment minimum of 10 Course offered this year No Maximum (3 credits) Waitlist Enabled: No Mooney,Graham Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Examines the historical experience of health and Consent required for all students illness from a population perspective. Seeks to Consent required for those without 340.731 and all reveal how the organization of societies facilitates students planning to take the course online instead or mitigates the production and transmission of of in-class. disease: how do populations and groups of individuals go about securing their health? Prerequisite: Principles of genetic epidemiology 1 Concentrates primarily on the modern world (i.e., (340.731.01) and/or permission of instructor. 1750 onwards) and omits detailed examination of Designed for online students only. public health in antiquity and the middle ages, although these time periods are alluded to Extradepartmental frequently. Adopts a thematic rather than chronological structure so that comparisons can be made across the centuries and between different parts of the globe. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Examine public health through its historical context. 2. Evaluate current public health issues through historical context. 3. Evaluate a range of current public health issues through comparisons with historical examples 4. Judge public health interventions in the past in relation to their impact on inequality and prejudice E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 138 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Introduces the substantive and methodologic bases 550.862.81 CURRENT ISSUES IN PUBLIC HEALTH for public health research, emphasizing the critical Course offered this year roles of the quantitative, qualitative, biologic, social, and behavioral sciences in improvement of public (1 credits) health. Highlights principles of high-quality Schoenrich,Edyth research, including the value of a population perspective, interdisciplinary cooperation, the Faculty experts present public health topics of importance of new measurement techniques, and current interest in both industrialized and the interface between theory and practice. Gives developing nations, such as health promotion and students information about the interactions between disease prevention, health care delivery systems, the public and the researcher. environmental problems and the spectrum of factors influencing the health status of populations Upon successfully completing this course, and communities. students will be able to: Upon successfully completing this course, 1. Identify scientific methods used in public students will be able to: health practice and research 2. Formulate effective strategies for promoting health and preventing disease and disability in E-mail: [email protected] a population over the lifespan Enrollment minimum of 10 3. Describe the interface between science and policy No Maximum 4. Define the breadth of public health research Waitlist Enabled: No and practice Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 5. Assess how discipline-based specialization Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning contributes to achieving the goals of public health This is the Internet version of 550.861. 6. Create an interdisciplinary cohort of graduate Course Change Information: students who are mutually supportive of each Hybrid, Recommended, FrequencySchedule, other’s educational programs TargetAud, CourseLocation, CourseFormat, IRBSurvey, AuditorsAllowedId, ClassroomNeeds, 7. Explain the following about public health ContactPerson, ContactEmail, ScheduleTypeId, research: that a population perspective on LearningMaterial, AdministrativeCourseFee, health is fundamental .08/26/2015; 8. Describe how the interface between scientific theory and application is fertile ground for public health research 550.865.81 PUBLIC HEALTH PERSPECTIVES ON RESEARCH 9. Discuss how the quality of research depends critically upon one’s ability to measure or Course offered this year observe accurately, and breakthroughs often (2 credits) result from new methods of measurement Ketner,Gary and Jacobs-Lorna,Marcelo 10. Explain how productive public health research most often is interdisciplinary and takes advantage of cross-fertilization of ideas

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 139 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

11. Discuss that scientists must be aware of the ethical implications of their research, committed 308.700.81 U.S. RESEARCH ON HEALTH SYSTEM to the conduct of ethical research, and PERFORMANCE AND HEALTH REFORM contribute to the formulation of ethical Course offered this year standards (3 credits) 12. Describe how public health practitioners Davis,Karen and scientists must be cognizant of the social Explores the research that formed the basis of the context of their work Affordable Care Act, its major provisions, early E-mail: [email protected] evidence on its impact and trends in U.S. health system performance, and future research analyses Enrollment minimum of 10 that will inform its evaluation and evolution of the U.S. health system. No Maximum Upon successfully completing this course, Waitlist Enabled: No students will be able to: Grading Options: Pass/Fail 1. Explain the goals, rationale, and major Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning provisions of the Affordable Care Act (ACA) including deficiencies in U.S. health system Required of all PhD/ScD students, ScM students, performance it was designed to address and MHS students enrolled in academic/advanced study programs. Students may obtain waivers if 2. Describe the predicted impact of the ACA on they have 1. completed an MPH, professional MHS, coverage and access to care; quality, patient or MSPH degree at a domestic institution within the outcomes and care experiences; and projected last ten years, 2. enrolled in an MSPH program or cost/savings by major source of financing in the DrPH program, or 3. taken and passed with a 3. Analyze early evidence on U.S. health B or better graduate-level courses in the five CEPH system performance and contrast predicted core areas that are biostatistics, epidemiology, ACA impact with early trends in U.S. health social and behavioral sciences, environmental system performance on insurance coverage, health sciences, and health systems administration. access to care, quality, and cost Requests for waivers should be addressed to Maryann Smith ([email protected]) 4. Indicate the types of research that will help Lecture times: Not applicable (online); LiveTalk inform future health reform policy sessions: Wednesdays at 12:00 noon or 5:30 PM E-mail: [email protected] online Enrollment minimum of 10 Course Change Information: StudentEval, LearningMaterial, .02/20/2015; No Maximum Health Policy and Management Waitlist Enabled: No Undergraduate students are not permitted in this course Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning; Concurrent enrollment in 300.651 or prior course work on the U.S. Health System

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 140 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

(3 credits) 309.607.81 INNOVATIONS IN HEALTH CARE FOR AGING Weiner,Jonathan and Kharrazi,Hadi POPULATIONS Introduces students to concepts, methods, and Course offered this year issues related to the application of health (3 credits) information technology (HIT) to population health. Davis,Karen Emphasizes the population health potential of comprehensive electronic health records (EHRs), Acquaints students with the nature of the health personal health records (PHRs), mobile health and care received by older Americans at home and in telemedicine devices; and consumer focused hospitals, nursing homes, emergency departments, internet-based tools. Covers the uses of HIT to rehabilitation facilities, and outpatient offices. define and identify populations and sub-populations Presents successful and promising innovations in of interest, describe the health status and needs of the health care of older people. Provides students populations, improve the health of populations, and with available evidence about the costs and evaluate services provided to populations. effectiveness of these innovations. Emphasizes the use of HIT within both local, Upon successfully completing this course, regional and federal public health agencies and students will be able to: population-based private health care organizations such as integrated delivery systems and health 1. Describe the nature of health care received insurance plans. Lessons are mainly US oriented by older Americans in hospitals, nursing but are also applicable to other high and middle homes, emergency departments, rehabilitation income countries. facilities, outpatient offices and at home Upon successfully completing this course, 2. Discuss the nature of successful and students will be able to: promising innovations in the health care of older people 1. Summarize population health informatics/HIT concepts, tools, methods and trends from the 3. Appraise the available evidence on the costs view of various stakeholders and the effectiveness of these innovations 2. Describe HIT tools and methods that can be 4. Identify how innovations are affected by applied to characterize health status at the public policies, organizational characteristics, population level and to primary and secondary provider incentives and interests, and patient prevention behaviors and expectations 3. Identify HIT tools and methods for evaluating E-mail: [email protected] the quality and effectiveness of health services Enrollment minimum of 10 4. Identify the benefits and challenges of No Maximum "secondary use" of electronic medical records and other HIT modules for population health Waitlist Enabled: No applications Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 5. Describe the special issues and challenges Consent required for some students associated with population health informatics within public health agencies, and private undergraduates and those taking the class for audit integrated delivery systems and health must obtain consent from the instructor insurance plans Prerequisite: Introduction to On-line Learning 6. Describe the potential scope and role of internet based consumer health application and 309.631.81 POPULATION HEALTH INFORMATICS telemedicine for measuring, monitoring and improving the health of populations Course offered this year

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 141 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

7. Describe pertinent government policies that 312.603.81 FUNDAMENTALS OF BUDGETING AND relate to the use of health informatics to FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT improve population health including recent federal reform legislation and confidentiality Course offered this year regulations (3 credits) E-mail: [email protected] Ward,William Enrollment minimum of 10 Explains the role of budgeting as a key component of the administrative process. Students learn to No Maximum develop a budget and evaluate the financial status Waitlist Enabled: No of a department or operating unit and determine what, if any, corrective actions need to be taken. Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Presents various analytical methods in Prerequisite: Introduction to On-line learning management decision making, including benefit/cost ratio analysis, variance analysis, and 309.712.81 ASSESSING HEALTH STATUS AND PATIENT break-even analysis. Also includes approaches to OUTCOMES benchmarking, productivity improvement techniques, and methods for building cost Course offered this year standards. (3 credits) Upon successfully completing this course, Wu,Albert students will be able to: Provides an understanding of the conceptual basis 1. Demonstrate an understanding of for measures of health; some of the common budgeting's role as a key component of the measures, their properties, and strengths and administrative process weaknesses; and a framework for judging the 2. Develop budgets for revenues, staffing and appropriateness of a particular measure for salaries, supplies and services, and equipment students' own work. 3. Evaluate the financial status of a department Upon successfully completing this course, or operating unit using volume adjusted students will be able to: variance analysis to determine the cause(s) of 1. Describe the current methods of assessing performance deviation health status 4. Use a variety of analytical methods to support sound business decision-making: 2. Discuss health status measurement marginal analysis, benefit:cost ratio analysis, and breakeven analysis 5. Discuss revenue, cost, and productivity 3. Judge the appropriateness of particular improvement techniques measures for their own or other's work 6. Build cost standards, perform bilateral performance mapping, and analyze process flow E-mail: [email protected] 7. Discuss how to perform useful benchmarking Enrollment minimum of 10 analysis No Maximum 8. Develop effective action/implementation Waitlist Enabled: No plans Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail E-mail: [email protected] Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning Enrollment minimum of 10

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 142 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Enrollment maximum of 120 312.617.81 FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING Waitlist Enabled: Yes Course offered this year Restricted to graduate students (3 credits) Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Priolo,Marco Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning. Provides both a theoretical foundation and practical Jointly offered with HPM,IH application to contemporary accounting principles and practices. Emphasizes accounting as the “language of business” with the pragmatic approach of learning the types and uses of financial statements, both external and internal. Topics include a review of the accounting cycle; understanding the environmental needs that drive the requirements for financial statements; a “hands on” review of how accounting events are recorded, resulting in the compilation of financial statements; and a review of external and internal financial statements.

Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Distinguish between financial and managerial accounting 2. Demonstrate a basic discussing of where financial transactions originate, and how they are recorded and presented in the financial statements 3. Explain changes in financial position, and results of operations 4. Discuss key elements of the statement of cash flows 5. Interpret and analyze the financial statements of a business, particularly those of a health care organization and be able to anticipate and comprehend the financial effects of managerial actions on the enterprise E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment maximum of 40 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Restricted to graduate students. Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: Introduction to On-line Learning

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 143 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

HEALTH INFORMATION SYSTEMS: DESIGN TO 313.685.81 THE ECONOMICS OF TOBACCO CONTROL DEPLOYMENT Course offered this year Course offered this year (1 credits) (3 credits) Waters,Hugh Miller,Robert Introduces students to the economic tools and Reviews health information systems, such as analysis used to confront the public health patient records, patient monitoring, imaging, public challenges caused by smoking. Reviews the health, educational, bioinformatics and scholarly evidence of the health and economic consequences systems. Teaches the core architectures and of tobacco use. Emphasizes the rationale for technologies of these core systems, focusing on increases in taxes, financial incentives to commonalities and differences and design. discontinue tobacco cultivation, and regulatory measures such as bans on smoking in public Upon successfully completing this course, places and restrictions on access for minors. students will be able to: Provides economic tools and background 1. Define what is meant by an "extensible" EHR information for public health specialists, system policymakers, the news media, and others 2. Discuss how high-performing health care interested in using evidence-based policy to organizations leverage their EHR systems to prioritize and address public health concerns improve the quality and safety of the care they related to tobacco control. provide 3. Demonstrate the use of graphical and narrative techniques such as flow charts, state Upon successfully completing this course, diagrams, and case descriptions students will be able to: 4. Apply comprehensive electronic health 1. Calculate the economic impacts of tobacco record (EHR) systems in complex clinical consumption settings 2. Discuss the role that economic analysis 5. Enumerate the advantages and plays in the tools and policies available to disadvantages of best-of-breed vs. integrated confront this public health challenge EHR systems and explain why best-of-breed E-mail: [email protected] EHR systems do not work well across the continuum of care in large or complex health Enrollment minimum of 10 care organizations No Maximum E-mail: [email protected] Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 15 Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail No Maximum Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning Waitlist Enabled: No This course was offered in 2009/10 as 313.841.51 Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Course Change Information: Prerequisite: Introduction to on-line learning and .02/16/2015; Recommended, RecommendedNote, 315.707.81 StudentEval, TargetAud, CourseOfferRationaleNote, LearningMaterial, Jointly offered with ME .01/21/2015; This is the same course as SOM 600.900 Course Change Information: 315.700.81 StudentEval, TargetAud, .02/16/2015;

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 144 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

International Health 221.637.81 HEALTH INFORMATION SYSTEMS Course offered this year 221.612.81 CONFRONTING THE BURDEN OF INJURIES: A GLOBAL PERSPECTIVE (3 credits) Baqui,Abdullah and Weiss,Bill Course offered this year Systematically presents population-based and (3 credits) provider-based methods by which data are secured Hyder,Adnan and Hoe,Connie and analyzed to provide indicators of health service Provides an understanding of approaches to use, health risk behavior, and outcomes relative to measuring the burden of injuries around the world health status. Targets health status indicators as and familiarizes students with current estimates of the basis of planning and evaluation across a wide the burden of injuries in the global and developing range of health objectives and measurement world. Develops basic skills for assessment of injury characteristics examined. Introduces health epidemiology. Provides an appreciation of how to information resources available through the World use these measures for planning interventions for Wide Web and develops skills to search and access injury prevention and creates awareness of the data through the Internet. economic implications of injuries in the developing Upon successfully completing this course, world. Promotes effective use of data for students will be able to: appropriate policy analysis for reduction of injury 1. Explain the objectives of a health information burden. system (HIS) Upon successfully completing this course, 2. Recognize the types of decisions that HIS students will be able to: are designed to make 1. Identify the current estimates of the burden 3. Interpret the types of information (typical of injuries globally health indicators) needed for each of the 2. Describe approaches to measuring the decisions HIS is designed to make burden of injuries, including costs 4. Identify the major systems of health 3. Assess the magnitude of the problem and information with special reference to methods evaluate the current/potential interventions of data collection and problems of 4. Use data for intervention development for measurement reduction of injury burden 5. Demonstrate the use of different systems of health information for public health practice E-mail: [email protected] 6. Evaluate the strengths and limitations of Enrollment minimum of 10 different systems of health information No Maximum 7. Decide the best health information system in Waitlist Enabled: No a given context for calculating typical health indicators Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail E-mail: [email protected] Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning; 340.601; 305.610 is recommended. Enrollment minimum of 10 Jointly offered with HPM No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 145 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

221.646.81 HEALTH SYSTEMS IN LOW AND MIDDLE no undergraduates INCOME COUNTRIES Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Course offered this year Consent required for some students (3 credits) No consent required for Health Systems MSPH and Bennett,Sara and Ozawa,Sachi PhD students and IH DrPH students. Consent required for students not in the Health Systems Explores health systems in low and middle income program. countries (LMICs), and examines approaches to improving the performance of health systems. Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning, and Focuses on frameworks, tools, skills, and strategies 220.601, Introduction to International Health to understand, influence, and evaluate health systems in LMICs. Identifies key institutions, Mental Health functions, and performance issues for national and local health systems. By using frameworks and tools, students gain experience in systematically 330.854.81 A BRIEF INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC HEALTH analyzing health systems and methods to plan, FOR MENTAL HEALTH CLINICIANS implement, and evaluate changes in health systems Course offered this year in a variety of settings, including countries in (1 credits) various levels of demographic, epidemiologic and economic transitions. Covers key controversies in Mojtabai,Ramin health systems, including issues in monitoring Introduces social workers, psychiatrists and health systems performance, the role of the public psychiatric residents and other mental health sector, dealing with unregulated private health professionals to public mental health topics that are markets, linking priority health programs and health of most interest to this audience. systems, raising accountability in the health system, etc. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Discuss basic research designs in epidemiology, including time-space, case 1. Describe health systems frameworks, control and cohort designs and the main study strategies and tools to analyze and evaluate designs and methods used to investigate health systems and their reforms in LMICs genetic epidemiology of mental disorders and 2. Explain and assess key systems, functions recent findings in this area and institutions: oversight (e.g. governance, 2. Discuss the history of evidence-based policy, regulation, public information), health practice in psychiatry and psychology and care organization, and health financing distinguish between efficacy and effectiveness 3. Explain the role of different factors that studies as well as translational research and contribute to health systems performance and dissemination health reforms 3. Describe the origins and the development of 4. Debate health systems issues concerning the consumer movement in community mental the roles of communities, public sector, health markets, and other key institutions 4. Discuss financing of mental health services E-mail: [email protected] and the basics of cost analysis and cost- effectiveness, cost-utility and cost-benefit Enrollment minimum of 10 analysis Enrollment maximum of 65 5. Describe the phenomenon of drug craving and its relationship to substance disorders Waitlist Enabled: Yes

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 146 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

6. Discuss the theoretic underpinnings of the Integrated-Family Cognitive-Behavioral 380.600.81 PRINCIPLES OF POPULATION CHANGE Therapy as applied to individuals with Course offered this year substance disorders and HIV risk groups (4 credits) 7. Discuss the history and aims of pharmacoepidemiology of psychiatric medications and Mosher,William and Becker,Stan recent developments in prescription of Provides students with a basic understanding of the antidepressant medications science of demography with particular attention to E-mail: [email protected] how demographic phenomena affect public health. The substantive foci of demography include death Enrollment minimum of 10 rates, birth rates, the age and sex structure of populations, population growth, and population No Maximum distribution. Considers how all these substantive Waitlist Enabled: No issues affect the health of populations generally as None well as considering how demographic behaviors affect and are affected by family and kinship Grading Options: Pass/Fail structure. Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning Upon successfully completing this course, Population, Family and Reproductive Health students will be able to: 1. Delineate the substantive scope of demography 2. Describe the major trends in birth rates, death rates, population growth, population sex and age structure and population distribution throughout history 3. Identify the major explanations for changes in demographic rates and population distribution 4. Identify how demographic rates and population distribution impinge upon the health of populations 5. Identify how demographic behaviors affect and are affected by family and kinship structure E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail

380.624.81 MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH LEGISLATION AND PROGRAMS Course offered this year (4 credits)

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 147 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Grason,Holly 380.642.81 CHILD HEALTH AND DEVELOPMENT Analyzes the structure, organization, administration and management of social and health service Course offered this year programs serving the maternal and child health (3 credits) populations. Lectures, discussions, and analysis of current research and practice present the goals and Blum,Robert impact of national programs such as Title V Focuses on the core processes of growth and MCH/CSHCN, Medicaid/CHIP, Head Start, Family development in early to middle childhood. Planning, WIC/Nutrition, community/migrant health Considers developmental theories, issues and centers, child welfare, and of privately sponsored research findings related to physical growth and programs. cognitive, emotional, and social development. Upon successfully completing this course, Considers appropriate instruments to assess students will be able to: growth and development. Evaluates efficacy of popular early intervention programs designed to 1. Using a systems framework, identify how enhance development in at-risk populations of MCH service can influence the health of children. women, children, adolescents, and families Upon successfully completing this course, 2. Describe the structure of the health care students will be able to: system that provides services for women, children, and adolescents with a special focus 1. Describe the critical domains of health and on the public sector that serves those of low development during early and middle childhood income in the United States and in developing 2. Apply developmental theory and research countries methods to a discussion of children’s well-being 3. Describe the body of United States federal 3. Explain the major determinants of health and legislation that mandates and provides funds development during childhood for the delivery of services to women and 4. Acquire skills needed to effectively children communicate about child health and 4. Apply strategies to influence the legislative, development research to policy makers and the budget, and administrative processes at the public federal, state, regional, and community levels E-mail: [email protected] 5. Apply tools and strategies to manage MCH services and related programs Enrollment minimum of 10 6. Identify key issues related to the No Maximum implementation and evaluation of maternal and Waitlist Enabled: No child health Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 7. Construct administrative memos to convey information regarding maternal and child health Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning E-mail: [email protected] There are two options for the 3 discussion sessions. A student may opt for either live chat or on-campus Enrollment minimum of 10 discussions to be held on November 5th, 12th, 19th Enrollment maximum of 20 and December 3rd and 17th. Waitlist Enabled: Yes 380.740.81 NUTRITION PROGRAMS, POLICY AND Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail POLITICS IN THE UNITED STATES: THE IMPACT ON MATERNAL, CHILD AND FAMILY HEALTH

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 148 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS. Course offered this year INTERNET MODULE (3 credits) Paige,David and Gross,Susan Extradepartmental Addresses nutrition programs, policies, and politics in the US, and their impact on economically 550.860.82 ACADEMIC & RESEARCH ETHICS AT JHSPH disadvantaged mothers, children, and families. Defines and explores food insecurity. Examines Course offered this year nutrition programs directed at high-risk populations. (0 credits) Reviews the administrative and political considerations of nutrition programs and discusses Brown,Terry the nutritional impact on health, growth and Examines academic and research ethics at JHSPH development. Discusses corporate and commercial in a series of online interactive modules. Focuses interests, their role in shaping the political on information about the academic ethics code and discussion and their impact on food and nutrition responsible conduct of research at the School. policy. Explores issues of academic integrity such as Upon successfully completing this course, proper ethical conduct and referencing, and students will be able to: discusses violations such as plagiarism and cheating, relative to case studies that illustrate 1. Explain the historical basis for domestic situations faced by students and faculty in the nutrition policy and programs directed at academic setting. Addresses topics that include economically disadvantaged women, infants, responsible conduct of research, authorship, data children, and families management, data ownership, guidelines for 2. Describe the politics of nutrition professional conduct, research fraud or scientific supplementation programs in the United States misconduct, federal and institutional guidelines 3. Define nutritional risk and food insecurity to related to research using human and animal understand the basis for characterizing subjects and ethical issues involving vulnerable individuals as food insecure, hungry, obese and subjects in research. malnourished; and to more accurately assess Upon successfully completing this course, nutritional risk, and target public health students will be able to: interventions 1. Describe and explain the policies and 4. Assess the efficacy and limitations of major procedures that govern academic integrity and nutrition programs ethical conduct of research in the school 5. Describe how political entities can impact 2. Practice proper attribution when referencing public health nutrition programs directed at sources in academic assignments and scholarly pregnant women, children and families works 6. Explain the intersection of nutrition, policy 3. Avoid violations of academic and research and politics integrity such as plagiarism, cheating, research E-mail: [email protected] fraud and scientific misconduct 4. Conduct research in a responsible and Enrollment minimum of 10 professional manner with attention to No Maximum maintaining integrity relative to authorship, data management and ownership, and protection of Waitlist Enabled: No human and animal rights None E-mail: [email protected] Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Enrollment minimum of 10 Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 149 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

No Maximum Course offered this year Waitlist Enabled: No (2 credits) Auditing not permitted Biesecker,Leslie Grading Options: Pass/Fail 415.610 addresses the chromosomal basis of heredity, chromosomes and genes, tools of human All students must complete during their first term of molecular genetics, single gene inheritance, matriculation; failure to do so will result in blockage variation, polymorphism and mutation, genes in of further course registration. populations and genes in families. 415.611 Course Change Information: presents the role of genetic counseling in health CourseLocation, .04/10/2015; care and emphasizes the essential components of prenatal, pediatric, and adult genetics services. SUMMER INSTITUTE Indications for referral and genetics education and counseling components are illustrated using care Extradepartmental examples. Clinical skills and tools are taught including family, medical and development history taking and pedigree construction. Additional case 550.980.89 INTRODUCTION TO COURSEPLUS management skills such as the choice of laboratory and test interpretation, and issues in billing and Course offered this year reimbursment of genetic counseling services are (0 credits) addressed. 415.612 -613 expand on the previous He,Sherry and Klaas,Brian two courses to examine the Hemoglobinapathics and Thalassemias as models of molecular Provides an introduction to the CoursePlus, the pathology, the molecular/biochemical basis of system for creating online enhancements to on- genetic disease, genetics of cancer, gene mapping campus classes at JHSPH. Covers the basic tools available in all CoursePlus sites, including in-depth Upon successfully completing this course, discussions of new features in the system, such as students will be able to: the DropBox, the class email tool, session 1. Discuss basic structure and function of organization, and surveys. chromosomes and genes 2. Recognize inheritance patterns in pedigrees Information not required for this course type and assess risks 3. Discuss when and how screening and E-mail: [email protected] diagnostic tests are performed and how to Enrollment minimum of 10 interpret results of such tests No Maximum 4. Discuss basic mechanisms of mutation and how mutations can lead to disease Waitlist Enabled: No 5. Discuss how the inheritance pattern of a Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail disease is determined by the molecular Consent required for all students mechanisms by which mutations alter gene function and cause the disease 6. Discuss the features of common genetic BETHESDA, MD,NOT A HOPKINS FACILITY diseases seen in genetic counseling practice, including natural history and management Health Behavior and Society E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: TH 4:30 PM - 6:30 PM 415.612.92 INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN GENETICS II Enrollment minimum of 4

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 150 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Enrollment maximum of 8 415.621.92 INTRODUCTION TO GENETIC COUNSELING II Waitlist Enabled: Yes Course offered this year Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail (2 credits) Consent required for some students Erby,Lori Consent required for students not in the ScM in Genetic Counseling program. Compares definitions of genetic counseling (GC) with objectives and service outcomes. Explores Prerequisite: 415.611 counselor values as they relate to roles and Jointly offered with NIH responsibilities toward clients. Introduces ethical and policy issues specific to GC in conjunction with a research agenda. Discusses and practices basic tools, including interviewing, history gathering, and case assessment, and nondirective counseling approaches. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Describe the history and goals of genetic counseling 2. Discuss the genetic counseling process and the roles that the counselor and client play in the counseling interaction 3. Evaluate the role of genetic risk information in disease discussing and decision making 4. Discuss the professional, legal, cultural, and ethical implications of how genetic counseling is practiced, today and in the future E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: F 12:00 PM - 1:50 PM Enrollment minimum of 4 Enrollment maximum of 10 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: 415.620; Must be enrolled in ScM in Genetic Counseling Program Multi-term with 415.620 Final grade applies to all terms Jointly offered with NIH

415.651.92 FACILITATING FAMILY ADAPTATION TO LOSS AND DISABILITY II Course offered this year

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 151 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

(2 credits) Grades submitted at the end of the term. Butrick,Morgan 415.671.92 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY AND HUMAN Provides theoretical constructs for understanding MALFORMATIONS II the meaning of loss in maternal and child health, and techniques for short-term counseling that Course offered this year facilitate a healthy grief reaction for the bereaved (1 credits) family. Case studies of typical and atypical reactions are discussed for losses such as perinatal Biesecker,Leslie loss (miscarriage, stillbirth, neonatal death, Familiarizes students with modern developmental termination of pregnancy for genetic reasons); birth biology and the use of this knowledge to of a child with a genetic condition/birth defect; death understand common human malformations. of a child with a chronic illness; and infertility. Includes lectures on the methodology and model Topics include the psychology of pregnancy; and systems of developmental biology; a review of perinatal loss; phases of grief reaction; the art of preimplantation development and gastrulation, and facilitating bereavement; practical interventions in embryogensis/organogensis. Subsequent lectures the hospital; follow-up counseling and short-term focus on the development of organ systems. psychotherapy; resources; special needs of family members; gender differences; grandparent and Upon successfully completing this course, sibling issues; provider issues (counter- students will be able to: transference, self-care, and burn-out prevention). 1. Explain the different ways to analyze birth Includes lecture, discussion, role play, video, field defects: analytically, embryologically, and by trips, and presentations by bereaved parents. developmental biological analysis Upon successfully completing this course, 2. Describe the basic stages of development: students will be able to: preimplantation, gastrulation, organogenesis, 1. Describe the process of adaptation to and fetal growth disability from a family systems perspective 3. Describe the basic genetic molecular control 2. Analyze cases in terms of adaptation mechanisms of development theories 4. Describe the basic concept of evolutionary 3. Develop theory-based counseling conservation of ontogeny interventions for families in an adaptation 5. Define the concepts of homologous genes process and structures 4. Become aware of one's own attitudes, 6. Describe the mechanism of laterality beliefs, behaviors, and counter-transference determination in vertebrates issues that affect one's development as an 7. Analyze a congenital anomaly including the adaptation counselor embryology and developmental biology of the E-mail: [email protected] genesis of the abnormality using sources including appropriate textbooks, journal articles Lecture: F 9:00 AM - 10:50 AM and online resources Enrollment minimum of 10 E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment maximum of 12 Lecture: TBA Waitlist Enabled: Yes Enrollment minimum of 10 Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail No Maximum Prerequisite: 415.650; Must be enrolled in ScM in Waitlist Enabled: No Genetic Counseling Program Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Jointly offered with NIH

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 152 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Consent required for all students 415.702.92 ADVANCED GENETIC COUNSELING II Multi-term with 415.670 Course offered this year Jointly offered with National Inst. Health (2 credits) Biesecker,Barbara This literature-driven course applies interactive genetic counseling techniques to specific settings and client needs. Faculty and students present key issues in client education for various medical specialties, and identify research needs related to genetic counseling. Explores counseling issues through role-play. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Practice genetic counseling in a specific setting using a challenging case example 2. Utilize role play to integrate peer feedback and critique 3. Outline educational objectives and create innovative application of tools found in the literature 4. Compare potential teaching methods 5. Explore psychological theory as applied to the case/setting 6. Evaluate relevant research and develop research questions E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: TBA Enrollment minimum of 4 Enrollment maximum of 12 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for all students Prerequisite: 415.701; Must be enrolled in ScM in Genetic Counseling Program Multi-term with 315.701 Jointly offered with National Inst. Health

415.711.92 MEDICAL GENETICS AND GENOMIC MEDICINE: FROM DIAGNOSIS TO TREATMENT II

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 153 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Course not offered until 2016 - 2017 415.820.92 THESIS RESEARCH: GENETIC COUNSELING (2 credits) Course offered this year Muenke,Maximilian Examines advances in the diagnois of genetic (variable credits) disorders and treatments that result with a focus on Information not required for this course type neurocutaneous syndromes, muscular dystrophies, connective tissue disorders and ciliopathies. Both Enrollment minimum of 10 terms aim to prepare students for the board No Maximum certification exam given by the American Board of Genetic Counseling upon completion of the ScM in Waitlist Enabled: No genetic counseling. Grading Options: Pass/Fail Upon successfully completing this course, Jointly offered with NIH students will be able to: 1. Contrast features among groups of disorders that lead to diagnosis 415.840.92 SS/R: GENETIC COUNSELING 2. Identify a variety of successful treatments Course offered this year using chemical genomics (variable credits) 3. Assess the potential role of genomic Information not required for this course type sequencing in improvements in both diagnosis and treatment Lecture: TBA 4. Utilize medical history-taking skills toward Enrollment minimum of 10 diagnosis of genetic conditions No Maximum E-mail: [email protected] Waitlist Enabled: No Lecture: W 5:30 PM - 7:30 PM Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Enrollment minimum of 5 Enrollment maximum of 50 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for some students Consent required for students other than ScM in Genetic Counseling students. Prerequisite: 415.613 Multi-term with 415.712 Final grade applies to all terms Jointly offered with NIH Course is multi-term with 415.710, *not* 415.712. This number (415.710) did not appear in the drop- down box as an option. Students must take 415.710 before 415.711.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 154 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Offers a dynamic forum for discussion that focuses 415.851.92 SUPERVISED CLINICAL ROTATIONS: GENETIC on genetic counseling research, policy, and COUNSELING education and their impact on clinical practice. Course offered this year Invites a diverse group of professionals to present topics well suited for class discussion. Includes (variable credits) student-led case presentations to highlight the Students should register for 4 credits in terms 1-4 psychological, social, and ethical issues in genetic and 2 credits in the summer term. counseling. Exposes students to a variety of client attitudes, reactions, and experiences by including Erby,Lori clients who have personal experience with a Offers clinical placements in adult, pediatric, and genetic condition or familial risk as speakers. prenatal genetic centers in the Baltimore- Washington area. Provides opportunity to learn about genetic conditions by their impact on Upon successfully completing this course, individuals and their families, and about roles of the students will be able to: genetic counselor. Provides a wide range of clinical 1. Present concise case summaries and experiences over the course of multiple exchange impressions of the psychological, placements. social, and ethical aspects of genetic counseling Upon successfully completing this course, 2. Establish relationships with other students to students will be able to: facilitate mentoring, strategizing, and camaraderie 1. Demonstrate skills required to practice in a clinical genetic counseling setting 3. Describe provocative issues in the field of genetic counseling 2. Critique developing counseling skills 4. Explain the types of cases and professional E-mail: [email protected] issues encountered by genetic counselors Enrollment minimum of 10 5. Describe the variety of genetic counseling research topics Enrollment maximum of 15 6. Describe programs in policy and ethics Waitlist Enabled: Yes related to genetic counseling ScM in Genetic Counseling students 7. Describe the personal experiences of those Grading Options: Pass/Fail with genetic conditions or living at increased risk Prerequisite: Must be enrolled in ScM in Genetic Counseling Program E-mail: [email protected] Jointly offered with NIH Lecture: F 2:30 PM - 4:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 415.861.92 GENETIC COUNSELING SEMINAR: TOPICS IN Enrollment maximum of 25 THE FIELD Waitlist Enabled: Yes Course offered this year ScM in Genetic Counseling students (2 credits) Grading Options: Pass/Fail Biesecker,Barbara and Erby,Lori Prerequisite: Must be enrolled in ScM in Genetic Counseling Program Jointly offered with NIH Students must register for all four terms.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 155 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Course Change Information: Epidemiology .04/09/2015; StudentEval, .03/03/2015;

415.870.92 GENETIC COUNSELING CLINICAL 340.601.94 PRINCIPLES OF EPIDEMIOLOGY SUPERVISION Course offered this year Course offered this year (5 credits) (1 credits) Gupta,Shivam Biesecker,Barbara and Magyari,Trish Introduces principles and methods of epidemiologic Assists the student in recognizing the impact of investigation of infectious and noninfectious personal styles and biases on the counseling diseases. Illustrates methods by which studies of process through individual supervision sessions. the distribution and dynamic behavior of disease in Uses audiotapes and/or videotapes of student a population can contribute to an understanding of counseling sessions to review, analyze, and etiologic factors, modes of transmission, and process student-client interactions throughout the pathogenesis. Presents different types of study student's clinical rotations, and develop strategies design, including randomized trials, case-control for addressing barriers in the counseling process. and cohort studies, risk estimation and causal inferences. Demonstrates the relationship between epidemiology and the development of policy. Upon successfully completing this course, Laboratory problems provide experience in students will be able to: epidemiologic methods and inferences, illustrating a 1. Demonstrate professional growth in common-vehicle epidemic; the spread of infectious establishing a therapeutic relationship with disease in school, home, and community; clients epidemiological aspects of a noninfectious disease; 2. Recognize the impact of personal styles and vaccination; the epidemiological approach to health biases on the counseling process services evaluation; rates of morbidity and mortality; sensitivity and specificity; and life table methods. 3. Demonstrate strategies to best meet each No auditors permitted. individual client's needs Upon successfully completing this course, 4. Provide genetic counseling services using students will be able to: techniques that are consistent with the student's developing personal style 1. Describe basic epidemiologic methods and study design E-mail: [email protected] 2. Critically review published epidemiologic Enrollment minimum of 10 papers and assess the validity of their design Enrollment maximum of 15 and their inferences 3. Explain the role of epidemiologic methods in Waitlist Enabled: Yes uncovering the etiology of disease and other Grading Options: Pass/Fail health states in order to prevent disease and Prerequisite: Must be enrolled in ScM in Genetic improve health Counseling Program; students must register for four 4. Identify the place of epidemiology in terms. outbreak investigation and surveillance Jointly offered with NIH 5. Explain how epidemiologic methods are used in evaluating screening programs and INTERNATIONAL, NOT A HOPKINS health interventions, and in the development of FACILITY health policy E-mail: [email protected]

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 156 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Enrollment minimum of 5 Health Policy and Management No Maximum

Waitlist Enabled: No 319.610.94 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT IN PUBLIC MPH / IIHMR program participants only HEALTH Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Course offered this year Course is held in India at the India Institute of (3 credits) Health Management Research. Introduces the basic principles of management in Course Change Information: the context of public health. Covers basic Hybrid, Recommended, CourseFormat, management functions such as planning, ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, organizing, implementation, coordination, LearningMaterial, WaitList, monitoring, supervision, leading and controlling. AdministrativeCourseFee, .07/10/2015; Explores strategic management and decision .06/04/2015; CourseSectionNote, .04/23/2015; making tools. Addresses core management areas .04/17/2015; .04/10/2015; .03/19/2015; in public health – planning, human resources StudentEval, TargetAud, .03/19/2015; management, management information systems, Prerequisite, StudentEval, .03/03/2015; logistics and supply chain, financial management AuditorsAllowedId, .02/20/2015; StudentEval, and budgeting, communication, and organizational TargetAud, .02/20/2015; ScheduleTypeId, culture and behavior. Discusses concepts of StartDate, EndDate, .01/29/2015; StudentEval, leadership and motivation. TargetAud, CourseSectionNote, LearningMaterial, Upon successfully completing this course, .01/20/2015; students will be able to: 1. Discuss the importance of management in improving performance, efficiency and effectiveness in public health 2. Describe critical management functions in public health 3. Explain organization culture and its influence on performance 4. Review strategies and decision making process 5. Discuss critical principles of management and core functional areas in public health

Enrollment minimum of 5 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 157 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

International Health Population, Family and Reproductive Health

220.608.94 INTERNATIONAL AND GLOBAL HEALTH 380.602.94 BASIC DEMOGRAPHY AND POPULATION DYNAMICS Course offered this year Course offered this year (4 credits) Introduces students to an international perspective (3 credits) of health, disease, injury, and health systems. Kumar,Dhirendra and Das,Arindam Develops requisite knowledge and understanding of Acquaints students with global population trends globalization and health, global disease burden and and patterns; population and health. Enhances international health scenario. Using case studies, technical skills and knowledge regarding use of students perform a comparative analysis of disease demographic data for policy analysis development, burden in various countries, health systems and program strategies and priorities. Examines policies, in developed and developing countries, measures and indicators of nuptiality, fertility, health sector reforms and country experiences. mortality and migration, and migrant health issues. Upon successfully completing this course, Provides skills in making population estimation and students will be able to: projection. 1. describe the global burden of disease and Upon successfully completing this course, injury students will be able to: 2. compare health scenarios in developed and 1. Explain population scenarios, trends, and developing countries patterns 3. chart the progress of MDGs; health 2. Discuss population composition and inequities; comparative analysis of health characteristics systems and its components in selected 3. Discuss basic concepts in population countries; and significant health sector reforms dynamics, fertility, mortality, migration, urbanization and its relationship with health Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum E-mail: [email protected] Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 5 MPH / IIHMR program participants only No Maximum Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Waitlist Enabled: No This course is part of the curriculum of the MPH Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail program which is offered in cooperation with Indian This course is part of the curriculum of the MPH Institute of Health Management Research. It is program which is offered in cooperation with Indian taught in India, at IIHMR. Only students enrolled in Institute of Health Management Research. It is that program will be able to take this course. taught in India, at IIHMR. Only students enrolled in that program will be able to take this course.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 158 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS. INTERNATIONAL, NOT A HOPKINS INTERNATIONAL, NOT A HOPKINS FACILITY FACILITY

Health Policy and Management Epidemiology

311.861.95 GRADUATE SEMINAR IN HEALTH CARE 340.609.98 CONCEPTS AND METHODS IN INFECTIOUS MANAGEMENT AND LEADERSHIP DISEASE EPIDEMIOLOGY Course offered only this year Course offered only this year (1 credits) (3 credits) Shi,Leiyu Cummings,Derek Provides opportunity to discuss concepts and Develops deeper understanding of the concepts issues related to organizational performance and quantitative methods unique to infectious improvement, organizational performance disease epidemiology, building upon the concepts indicators, and change strategies. Facilitates and methods of general epidemiology and preparation for comprehensive exams and the knowledge of specific infectious diseases. Topics design and conduct of dissertation projects. include disease emergence, transmissibility and the Intended for DrPH students concentrating in Health basic reproductive number, transmission patterns Care Management and Leadership. Student and serial intervals, seasonality, virulence, the evaluation based on seminar presentations and impact of heterogeneity host and pathogens on participation. transmission, herd immunity, co-infections and Upon successfully completing this course, phylodynamics. students will be able to: Upon successfully completing this course, 1. Apply concepts and skills in organizational students will be able to: performance improvement 1. Identify concepts and methods unique to the 2. Develop and monitor organizational epidemiology of infectious diseases performance indicators on a variety of 2. Link appropriate methods with fundamental dimensions (clinical, services, financial) research questions in infectious disease 3. Demonstrate change management, epidemiology communication and leadership skills 3. Interpret analyses of key concepts in infectious disease epidemiology, including E-mail: [email protected] spatiotemporal transmission patterns, Enrollment minimum of 10 seasonality and the impact of selective pressures on pathogen dynamics No Maximum 4. Critically evaluate different approaches to the Waitlist Enabled: No measurement of key variables in infectious DrPH students in the Pacific Rim cohort only disease epidemiology Grading Options: Pass/Fail 5. Discuss methods and techniques to address challenges unique to infectious disease Consent required for all students epidemiology, including network analysis, this course is restricted to the Pacific Rim DrPH methods for determining contact rates and the students heterogeneity of host responses to pathogen exposure E-mail: [email protected]

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 159 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Days & Times with Start & End Dates: Upon successfully completing this course, Nov 11, 2015 - Nov 13, 2015 students will be able to: Lecture: W TH F 8:30 AM - 6:00 PM 1. Analyze a public health problem and evaluate intervention/policy alternatives using Enrollment minimum of 5 the problem solving methodology Enrollment maximum of 30 2. Compare and contrast the utility of the Waitlist Enabled: Yes methodology to solve public health problems Full-time JHU students must obtain permission from that emerge at different periods in the life cycle Judy Holzer or Pamela Davis in HPM in order to and in different cultures, including: HIV/AIDS, register for this section childhood immunization, radioactive iodine exposure and thyroid cancer, unintended Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail injuries and their prevention, obesity Prerequisite: 340.752 & 140.622 or consent of prevention, tobacco abuse, screening instructor. Students who have not taken these mammography and breast cancer courses should submit a summary of their 3. Carry out a group project under the guidance biostatistic and epidemiologic education and work of a Teaching Assistant (TA), in which student experience to Judy Holzer who will grant permission groups will research a specific public health to register for the course after consultation with the problem, prepare a written report and present instructor. their recommendations to the class following This course will be offered in Barcelona Spain. the problem-solving methodology Students must be physically in Barcelona to 4. Recognize the complexity of policy participate in this class. Students are required to development, including a discussion of the complete readings prior to the start of the course. politics of public health issues, the roles of Take-home final exam will be due on Dec 1, 2015. interest groups and stakeholders, and the laws and social values that must be woven into Extradepartmental successful policies 5. Integrate human rights and ethical principles 550.608.98 PROBLEM SOLVING IN PUBLIC HEALTH into the analysis of public health problems and recommended strategies Course offered only this year 6. Recognize the critical role of communication (4 credits) in public health practice Sleicher,Dana and Engineer,Cyrus 7. Work together in multi-disciplinary groups Uses divergent public health issues to illustrate a that model the way public health agencies systematic problem solving process for use in conduct problem-solving activities addressing public health problems. The problem 8. Demonstrate critical and analytical thinking solving process includes defining the problem, by preparing three individual products (a self- measuring its magnitude, understanding the key assessment of the process, an individual determinants, developing a conceptual framework critique of a paper submitted by another group, of the relationships between the key determinants, and a health and human rights assessment) identifying and developing intervention and prevention strategies (either interventions or E-mail: [email protected] policies), setting priorities among intervention Days & Times with Start & End Dates: options, understanding barriers to implementation Nov 10, 2015 - Nov 13, 2015 and evaluation, and developing an effective communication strategy. Consists of lectures, Lecture: T W TH F 8:30 AM - 6:00 PM discussions, small-group exercises, a group project, Enrollment minimum of 10 and individual assignments. Enrollment maximum of 45

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 160 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Waitlist Enabled: Yes Days & Times with Start & End Dates: undergraduate students are not permitted in this Nov 18, 2015 - Nov 20, 2015 course Lecture: W TH F 8:30 AM - 6:00 PM Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Enrollment minimum of 7 Consent required for some students No Maximum Full-time degree seeking students must obtain Waitlist Enabled: No permission from Judy Holzer in HPM in order to register for this course. Full-time JHU students must obtain permission from Judy Holzer or Pamela Davis in HPM in order to register for this section 550.629.98 INTRODUCTION TO SEXUAL ORIENTATION, GENDER IDENTITY, AND PUBLIC HEALTH Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: 340.601 or 340.751 Course offered only this year Jointly offered with EPI,HBS (3 credits) This course will be offered in Barcelona Spain. Poteat,Tonia Students must be physically in Barcelona to Introduces constructs of sexual orientation and participate in this class. Students are required to gender identity in the context of public health. complete readings prior to the start of the course. Explores historical, epidemiological, and social Final paper will be due on Dec 18, 2015. perspectives related to the physical and mental Course Change Information: health of lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender Hybrid, Recommended, CourseFormat, (LGBT) individuals and communities. Orients ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, students to current and historic epidemiological and AdministrativeCourseFee, CPInstructor, contextual issues that shape what is known about .09/02/2015; Hybrid, Recommended, LGBT health, presents an overview of LGBT health CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, disparities and interventions, and develops a CommunityInvolvComponent, ContactPerson, foundation for critical thinking about LGBT health ContactEmail, AdministrativeCourseFee, research and intervention potential. Discusses .08/04/2015; .06/05/2015; LGBT issues from both U.S. and global perspectives. Health Policy and Management Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 300.603.98 THE TOOLS OF PUBLIC HEALTH PRACTICE 1. Identify gaps in LGBT health research AND DECISION MAKING 2. Discuss social, historical, and contextual Course offered only this year factors that have shaped LGBT health (3 credits) 3. Critically read public health literature related Resnick,Beth A. to LGBT health 4. Apply an ecological perspective to LGBT health, identifying individual, social, community, and societal influences on the health and health behaviors of LGBT individuals 5. Identify and compare examples of effective public health interventions for LGBT populations E-mail: [email protected]

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 161 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Introduces the core functions of public health and 11. Develop a plan for building a toolbox of the core competencies for public health competencies professionals. Students assess their strengths and E-mail: [email protected] academic goals while building their toolbox of public health competencies. Presents competencies which Days & Times with Start & End Dates: are illustrated though case studies, and students Nov 16, 2015 - Nov 18, 2015 interactively make decisions. Cases include Lecture: M T W 8:30 AM - 6:00 PM management and personnel decision making, cultural sensitivity, communicating with the media, Enrollment minimum of 10 outbreak and emergency response. Presents No Maximum elements of the public health problem solving approach and integrates them into the case Waitlist Enabled: No examples. Familiarizes students with the core undergraduate students are not permitted in this competencies and encourages development section through courses and the public health practicum. Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Upon successfully completing this course, Consent required for some students students will be able to: Full-time BSPH students must obtain permission 1. Identify the core functions of public health from Judy Holzer or Pam Davis in HPM before and their application in public health practice registering for this course. 2. Identify the steps in the public health problem solving approach 301.877.98 SS/R: HEALTH EQUITY IMPACT ASSESSMENT 3. Apply the core competencies for public health professions as developed by the ASPH Course offered only this year and Council on Linkages between Academia (2 credits) and Public Health Practice Scott-Samuel,Alex 4. Conduct a self assessment to determine Provides an outline of the following aspects of personal strengths and weaknesses, and goals health equity impact assessment: origins; global for competency development policy context and current policy drivers; detailed 5. Identify the qualities (positive and negative) introduction to procedures and methods; of leaders within the public health practice relationships with health inequalities; setting methodological controversies; institutionalization; 6. Apply the problem solving approach and theoretical and practical gaps in knowledge and core competencies to reach decisions to practice; prospects for further development in the address real world public health problems US and Europe; relationship to other forms of impact assessment; aspects of capacity building. 7. Identify the challenges of communication in public health practice and develop strategies Upon successfully completing this course, for addressing multiple audiences students will be able to: 8. Identify the role of the media in public health 1. Describe the process of undertaking a Health communication and be equipped to craft a Equity Impact Assessment message for the media 2. Explain the relationship between Health 9. Review the importance of surveillance and Equity Impact Assessment and health public health indicators in the practice setting inequalities 10. Identify the importance of social, economic, and political drivers in the development of public health strategies E-mail: [email protected]

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 162 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Days & Times with Start & End Dates: Upon successfully completing this course, Nov 19, 2015 - Nov 20, 2015 students will be able to: Lecture: TH F 8:30 AM - 6:00 PM 1. Identify the leading theories of social justice and consider the implications of those theories Enrollment minimum of 10 for current policy debates in public health No Maximum 2. Identify contemporary issues related to Waitlist Enabled: No resource allocation, fairness, and decision- full-time JHU students must receive permission making processes in health systems and in the from Judy Holzer or Pamela Davis in HPM in order social determinants of health to register for this BARCELONA course offering 3. Apply case studies to decisions facing Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail policymakers in the European Union and United States contexts This course is offered for 2 days in Barcelona. Students must physically be in Barcelona to E-mail: [email protected] participate. Days & Times with Start & End Dates: Course Change Information: Nov 16, 2015 - Nov 17, 2015 EnrollRestriction, FrequencySchedule, Lecture: M T 8:30 AM - 6:00 PM StudentEval, CourseLocation, CourseFormat, IRBSurvey, AuditorsAllowedId, Enrollment minimum of 10 CourseOfferRationaleNote, CourseSectionNote, No Maximum ContactPerson, ContactEmail, ContactPerson2, Waitlist Enabled: No ContactEmail2, ScheduleTypeId, StartDate, EndDate, CourseOverlapNote, LearningMaterial, Full-time JHU students must obtain permission from InstituteId, .05/08/2015; Judy Holzer or Pamela Davis in HPM in order to register for this section 306.862.98 SS/R: SOCIAL JUSTICE THEORY: US AND Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail EUROPEAN PERSPECTIVES This course will be offered for 2 days in Barcelona. Course offered only this year Students must physically be in Barcelona to (2 credits) participate. Students are required to complete readings prior to the start of the course. The final Saloner,Brendan reflection paper will be due on December 18, 2015. Introduces students to the leading philosophical theories of social justice and develops applications 308.605.98 THE IMPACT OF THE FINANCIAL, ECONOMIC of those theories to problems related to resource AND POLITICAL CRISES ON HEALTH, QUALITY allocation in health and health care, especially in OF LIFE AND WELL-BEING OF POPULATIONS the US and European contexts. Addresses issues related to decision-making in health care systems, Course offered only this year with a particular focus on three issues: what is (3 credits) covered (the benefit package), who is covered Navarro,Vicente (inclusion and access), and how much is covered (affordability). Addresses issues in health promotion and the social determinants of health through social policy, traditional public health measures, and new era interventions.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 163 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Analyzes the causes of the current worldwide Course offered only this year crises, both in developed and developing countries, (2 credits) with a special emphasis on the United States, Canada and Europe. Focuses on the Pollack,Craig consequences of those crises on health and social Addresses the relationship between housing policies that affect the quality of life, the well-being evictions and health outcomes, examining the and the health of populations. Considers these methodologies used to measure this relationship. issues from the political economy, social policy and Considers the conceptual frameworks, methods to health policy perspectives. measure, and policies related to housing evictions Upon successfully completing this course, and the impact on health and health outcomes. students will be able to: Uses data from "the Platform for People Affected by Mortgages", known as "the PAH", to analyze health 1. Describe the nature of economic, financial outcomes. and political crises and the theories that explain each Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 2. Analyze the crises' consequences on the health, quality and well-being of the life of 1. Describe the relationship between housing populations evictions and health outcomes 3. Develop possible responses by public 2. Develop a conceptual framework to examine authorities to these situations the link between housing evictions and health outcomes E-mail: [email protected] 3. Identify current housing eviction policies in Days & Times with Start & End Dates: Spain and the US Nov 23, 2015 - Nov 25, 2015 E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M T W 8:30 AM - 6:00 PM Days & Times with Start & End Dates: Enrollment minimum of 10 Nov 19, 2015 - Nov 20, 2015 No Maximum Lecture: TH F 8:30 AM - 6:00 PM Waitlist Enabled: No Enrollment minimum of 5 Undergraduate Students are not permitted in this No Maximum section Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for some students Consent required for some students Full-time JHSPH students must obtain permission from Pamela Davis or Judy Holzer prior to Full-time JHU degree-seeking students must obtain registering. permission from Judy Holzer or Pamela Davis to register for this course This course is offered for 3 days in Barcelona. Students must physically be in Barcelona to This course will be offered in Barcelona Spain. participate Students must be physically in Barcelona to participate in this class. Students are required to Course Change Information: complete readings prior to the start of the course. CourseSectionNote, ContactPerson2, Reflection paper will be due on Dec 18, 2015. ContactEmail2, ScheduleTypeId, StartDate, EndDate, InstituteId, .05/08/2015; Course Change Information: StudentEval, CourseOfferRationaleNote, 308.860.98 SS/R: THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN HOUSING CourseSectionNote, .05/22/2015; EVICTIONS AND HEALTH OUTCOMES

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 164 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

315.871.98 SS/R: WEB ANALYTICS IN PUBLIC HEALTH This course will be offered in Barcelona Spain. Students must be physically in Barcelona to Course offered only this year participate in this class. Students are required to (2 credits) complete readings prior to the start of the course. Kharrazi,Hadi Reflection paper will be due on Dec 18, 2015. Explores the application of web analytics in the Course Change Information: context of public/population health and provides Prerequisite, .05/28/2015; Prerequisite, hands-on experience with various tools to mine CourseOfferRationaleNote, CourseSectionNote, weblogs and enhance web-based user .05/26/2015; interventions. Reviews the principles of client-server Mental Health architecture, discusses the translation of behavioral change models into web-analytic strategies, and examines the use of web analytics for public health 330.602.98 THE EPIDEMIOLOGY OF SUBSTANCE USE AND surveillance initiatives. The hands-on experience RELATED-PROBLEMS focuses on introducing open source tools, Google analytics, and Weka in mining weblogs. Course offered only this year Upon successfully completing this course, (3 credits) students will be able to: Dunn,Kelly 1. Provide examples of different applications of Presents an overview of the epidemiology of web analytics in web-based public/population substance use and substance use disorders, within health interventions a public health framework. Reviews how drugs are 2. Interpret differences in web-analytic services classified and regulated, as well as an examination and their application in population-based of trends in estimates of prevalence and incidence behavioral change models of drug and alcohol use and problems. Explores a range of contributors to substance use, considering 3. Apply a web-analytic platform to mechanisms ranging from biological to societal. adjust/enhance a web solution for public health Examines substance use, including prevention 4. Perform basic analytics on weblogs and strategies, intervention and treatment approaches, interpret the results and policies. E-mail: [email protected] Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Days & Times with Start & End Dates: Nov 26, 2015 - Nov 27, 2015 1. Describe drug policy in the US, including how substances are regulated; Lecture: TH F 10:00 AM - 7:20 PM 2. Describe the leading drugs of abuse in the Enrollment minimum of 10 US and their prevalence of use and health and Enrollment maximum of 25 social impacts; Waitlist Enabled: Yes 3. Examine the overlap between substance use and mental disorders; Full-time JHU students must obtain permission from Judy Holzer or Pamela Davis in HPM in order to 4. Explain key concepts in substance use register for this section epidemiology, such as tolerance, withdrawal, addictive potential, etc; Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 5. Consider the role of epidemiology in informing and evaluating policy and public health interventions targeting substance use and substance use disorders;

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 165 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

6. Understand a variety of approaches to Presents an introduction to the field of psychiatric prevention of substance use, screening and epidemiology, with sections on the epidemiology of treatment for substance use disorders, and anxiety and stress-related disorders, depressive diagnosis of substance use disorder; and disorders, schizophrenia and bipolar disorders, 7. Be a competent consumer of substance use somatoform disorders, and positive mental health. epidemiology research. Assumes basic knowledge of the clinical features of the syndromes, but will touch briefly on issues of E-mail: [email protected] assessment in the context of epidemiology. Days & Times with Start & End Dates: Includes the fundamentals of descriptive Nov 16, 2015 - Nov 18, 2015 epidemiology for each syndrome (prevalence, incidence, natural history); consequences of the Lecture: M T W 8:30 AM - 6:00 PM syndromes for impairment, disability, and general Enrollment minimum of 10 health; and an assessment of risk factors for the syndromes. No Maximum Upon successfully completing this course, Waitlist Enabled: No students will be able to: Full-time 1. Define methodological and conceptual Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail issues that are especially important for psychiatric epidemiology as distinct from other Prerequisite: Graduate level introductory course in substantive areas of epidemiology Epidemiology 2. Demonstrate knowledge of the descriptive This course will be offered in Barcelona Spain. epidemiology of five major categories of mental Students must be physically in Barcelona to disorders—anxiety disorders, depressive participate in this class. Students are required to disorders, schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and complete readings prior to the start of the course. somatoform disorder Reflection paper will be due on Dec 18, 2015. 3. Discuss and evaluate the most important risk Course Change Information: factors for categories of major mental disorders Hybrid, Recommended, RecommendedNote, Prerequisite, StudentEval, CourseFormat, 4. Describe gaps in knowledge, propose new ClassroomNeeds, AdministrativeCourseFee, additions to the field, and predict future needs .10/21/2015; and trends in the field of psychiatric epidemiology 330.669.98 EPIDEMIOLOGY OF MAJOR MENTAL E-mail: [email protected] DISORDERS Days & Times with Start & End Dates: Course offered only this year Nov 23, 2015 - Nov 24, 2015 (2 credits) Lecture: M T 8:30 AM - 6:00 PM Eaton,William Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Full-time JHU students must obtain permission from Judy Holzer or Pamela Davis in HPM in order to register for this section Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 166 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

This course will be offered for 2 days in Barcelona. Students must physically be in Barcelona to participate. Students are required to complete 260.652.01 PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC HEALTH ECOLOGY readings prior to the start of the course. The Final Essay Exam will be due Dec 1, 2015 and the Brief Course offered this year Paper on 12/8/2015. (4 credits) Course Change Information: Glass,Gregory and Norris,Douglas .05/22/2015; CourseOfferRationaleNote, .05/22/2015; Applies basic principles of ecology to public health, focusing on factors related to population growth and Cancelled - Committee Decision regulation and the impacts of behavior, genetics, and evolution on disease patterns. Examines the effects of population processes on disease control by vaccination, chemotherapies, and vector control. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Develop a knowledge base of basic ecological principles to understand the dynamic interplay of populations within ecosystems 2. Apply and analyze basic parameters to characterize population changes 3. Distinguish major functional categories of parasites 4. Develop appropriate characterizations of model infectious disease systems E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 8 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for all students Prerequisite: A course in advanced biology Required for MMI students. Course Change Information: Hybrid, Recommended, ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, CatalogStatus, AdministrativeCourseFee, .09/22/2015;

550.695.81 FUNDAMENTALS OF EPIDEMIOLOGY II

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 167 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Course offered this year 12. Recognize and describe the elements in the design and conduct of a randomized clinical (3 credits) trial, a cohort study, a case-control study, and a Kanchanaraksa,Sukon and Diener-West,Marie cross-sectional study Introduces students to the basic concepts of 13. Calculate measures of association in biostatistics and epidemiology as applied to public identifying risk factors of diseases health problems. Emphasizes descriptive statistics, 14. Calculate a chi-square statistic to test the probability concepts, and methodology used in the significance of a measure of association and conduct of epidemiologic studies. Topics include interpret it using probability concepts appropriate summary measures of morbidity and mortality, direct and indirect methods of adjustment, 15. Identify biases and their consequences in abridged and clinical life tables, and measures of published literature association. Presents various epidemiologic study E-mail: [email protected] designs used to investigate associations between risk factors and diseases outcomes, culminating Enrollment minimum of 10 with criteria for casual inferences. Provides No Maximum examples of applications of epidemiologic and biostatistical methods in health services, genetics Waitlist Enabled: No and public policy. No auditors permitted. Upon successfully completing this course, Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail students will be able to: Consent required for some students 1. Distinguish the roles and relationships between epidemiology and biostatistics in the Special student-limited or regular requires instructor prevention of disease and the improvement of consent. health Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning 2. Compute basic descriptive statistics and Multi-term with 550.694 explore data analytic methods Final grade applies to all terms 3. Demonstrate a basic discussing of epidemiologic methods and study design Jointly offered with BIOSTAT,EPI 4. Combine appropriate epidemiological This is a multi-term course. Grades are given upon concepts and statistical methods completion of the second part: 550 695.81. 5. Perform exploratory data analysis using Course Change Information: descriptive statistics MultiTerm, MultiTerm, CourseOfferRationaleNote, CatalogStatus, .05/14/2015; 6. Evaluate morbidity and mortality using ratios, proportions, and rates Learning Materials: 7. Perform direct and indirect methods of (Book) Epidemiology adjustment of overall rates Gordis, Leon 8. Construct life tables in epidemiologic studies ISBN: 978-1-4557-3733-8 9. Recognize the assumptions associated with Elsevier; 5th edition (2014) construction of a life table 10. Calculate probabilities and conditional Amazon probabilities of health-related events $46.00 11. Calculate sensitivity, specificity, and predictive values

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 168 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

(Book) Principles of Biostatistics 3. Explain the fundamentals of TCP/IP, the client-server model, http protocol, server-side Pagano, Marcello and client-side scripting ISBN: 978-0-5342-2902-3 4. Describe the principals of biological Cengage Learning; 2nd edition (2000) database design using a relational database model and the MySQL database management Amazon system $200.00 5. Operate SQL, database design, normalization, optimization 6. Apply basic concepts of discuss modeling and representation using, e.g. ER models, XML Discontinued schema and ontologies 7. Discuss significant biological database projects such as the Human Protein Reference Database (HPRD) and DRAGON 140.637.01 BIOLOGICAL DATABASES AND DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING E-mail: [email protected] Course offered this year Lecture: M W F 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM (3 credits) Enrollment minimum of 5 Pineda,Fernando No Maximum Provides students with the principles and skills Waitlist Enabled: No required to implement biological databases and Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail their web-based interfaces. Presents essential notions of distributed computing on the worldwide Prerequisite: 140.636, or consent of instructor web. Includes the fundamentals of TCP/IP, client- Jointly offered with MMI server model, http protocol, server-side and client- side scripting with CGI and PHP and Javascript. Presents the principles of biological database design using relational and object-oriented database models and management systems (e.g. MySQL and Zope). Topics include SQL, database design, normalization, optimization and ER modeling. Discusses biological database interoperability, with e.g. XML, XML schema, and ontologies (i.e. GO). Guest lectures provide insights into significant biological database projects such as the Human Protein Reference Database (HPRD) and DRAGON. As a final project, students develop and publish a database-driven web-based application for a biological application. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Use, specify, develop and publish biological databases with web-based interfaces 2. Describe essential notions of distributed computing on the world-wide-web

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 169 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Golub,Elizabeth T. and Gange,Stephen 182.616.01 ADVANCED TOPICS IN AIRBORNE PARTICLES Expands upon material presented in introductory level epidemiologic concepts and methods, using Course offered this year examples from the published literature through (2 credits) weekly online lectures. Emphasizes interpretation and the ability to critically evaluate issues related to Kesavan,Jana populations / study design, measurement, Covers advanced topics in aerosol technology that population comparisons and inference, including: are important in environmental health sciences, modern cohort study designs; advanced nested including aerosol generation methodology and designs; novel techniques for exposure equipment, coagulation, condensation, evaporation, assessment; interpretation and utility of measures electrical properties, optical properties, and aerosol of impact; sources of bias and methods for their sampling. Students visit an aerosol laboratory at prevention; descriptive and analytical goals for Edgewood Chemical Biological Center that has observational study inference; the counterfactual many pieces of aerosol generation and sampling model for defining exchangeability, cause, and equipment, chambers, and wind tunnels. confounding; and synthesis of inferences from Upon successfully completing this course, observational studies. students will be able to: Upon successfully completing this course, 1. Describe aerosol generation methods and students will be able to: equipment for laboratory testing of aerosols 1. Describe modern design features for cohort 2. Describe aerosol sampling methods and studies, including use of existing clinical and equipment and their applications administrative databases 3. Evaluate the effects of charge, coagulation, 2. Compare and contrast various nested condensation, and evaporation on airborne designs, including methods for participant particles generation and sampling selection and analysis 4. Explain the basic concepts of a specialized 3. Identify biases resulting from participant aerosol characterization technique utilizing light selection and misallocation of person-time and scattering and other optical properties of Identify and interpret epidemiologic measures aerosols of disease frequency E-mail: [email protected] 4. Describe the issues underlying measurement of exposures and outcomes in observational Lecture: F 8:30 AM - 10:20 AM research Enrollment minimum of 3 5. Identify the effect of measurement error and bias on epidemiologic inferences and calculate Enrollment maximum of 15 and contrast measures of association and Waitlist Enabled: Yes measures of impact None 6. Utilize and illustrate a framework for Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail distinguishing different inferential goals of an epidemiological study Prerequisite: 182.615 7. Define concepts and terminology in causal inference for epidemiology and develop graphical approaches (e.g., DAGs) for models 340.608.01 OBSERVATIONAL EPIDEMIOLOGY that integrate confounding and mediation effects Course offered this year (4 credits)

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 170 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

8. Illustrate, interpret, and contrast ‘classical’ (e.g., regression) approaches for addressing confounding with modern techniques (e.g., 550.843.01 DRPH PRACTICUM propensity-score and inverse-weighting Course offered this year methods) (variable credits) 9. Identify and critically analyze contemporaneous articles that utilize Bennett,Sara epidemiologic designs and methods Prepares students to apply theory, paradigms, 10. Articulate concerns about limitations in the principles, and methodologies obtained through epidemiological approach formal course work and seminars to inform public health practice across community, government, E-mail: [email protected] private industry, or other public health settings. Provides an opportunity to observe and develop Lecture: M W F 9:00 AM - 10:20 AM communication and leadership skills. Enrollment minimum of 10 Upon successfully completing this course, No Maximum students will be able to: Waitlist Enabled: No 1. Identify an issue or problem of significance to the community or agency relative to the Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail organization, implementation, or evaluation of a Prerequisite: 340.601 or 550.694-695 or 340.751; public health policy or program prior or concurrent enrollment in 140.612 or 2. Provide leadership to a project or initiative equivalent. that addresses a significant public health problem 3. Use evidence-based public health decision- making to translate general and discipline- specific empirical knowledge into effective public health practice E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 1 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail Consent required for all students Student must receive faculty adviser approval

300.732.01 POLICY COMMUNICATIONS II: READING, WRITING AND TALKING ABOUT POLICY Course offered this year (1 credits) Borkoski,Carey and Frattaroli,Shannon

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 171 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Will help students develop as strong policy writers Grading Options: Pass/Fail but also as critical readers of and participants in the Prerequisite: 300.731 policy literature and conversations. Will learn to write with clarity, confidence and in modes Multi-term with 300.731 appropriate for different audiences. Covers different grade assigned at the end of 2nd term forms of communicating policy and various kinds Final grade applies to all terms within these modes including executive summaries, annotated bibliographies, short policy briefs, presentations and literature critiques. Replicates 300.732.02 POLICY COMMUNICATIONS II: READING, challenges policy students will encounter as WRITING AND TALKING ABOUT POLICY professionals. Habits, methods and techniques to Course offered this year produce high quality writing, to critically review relevant literature and effectively engage in policy (1 credits) discussions and discourse will be addressed. To Frattaroli,Shannon and Borkoski,Carey be successful students will constantly read and Will help students develop as strong policy writers write and will fully engage with faculty and students but also as critical readers of and participants in the in editorial discussions. policy literature and conversations. Will learn to Upon successfully completing this course, write with clarity, confidence and in modes students will be able to: appropriate for different audiences. Covers different 1. Develop the skills to identify a public health forms of communicating policy and various kinds issue and to consider the range of policies to within these modes including executive summaries, address that issue annotated bibliographies, short policy briefs, presentations and literature critiques. Replicates 2. Describe the assessment and selection of a challenges policy students will encounter as policy from among different options professionals. Habits, methods and techniques to 3. Identify the role that various government produce high quality writing, to critically review branches and officials play in the formulation of relevant literature and effectively engage in policy policy discussions and discourse will be addressed. To 4. Assess the feasibility of translating an idea be successful students will constantly read and into policy write and will fully engage with faculty and students in editorial discussions. 5. Explain the interaction of policy makers with those trying to influence policy choices Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 6. Describe the legal principles that underlie health policy formulation 1. Develop the skills to identify a public health issue and to consider the range of policies to 7. Define the role of academic researchers in address that issue policy making 2. Describe the assessment and selection of a 8. Provide examples of how policy has policy from among different options effectively reduced public health problems 3. Identify the role that various government E-mail: [email protected] branches and officials play in the formulation of Lecture: M 10:30 AM - 11:20 AM policy 4. Assess the feasibility of translating an idea Enrollment minimum of 10 into policy Enrollment maximum of 25 5. Explain the interaction of policy makers with Waitlist Enabled: Yes those trying to influence policy choices ONLY MSPH/health policy students in HPM 6. Describe the legal principles that underlie permitted to register for this class health policy formulation

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 172 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

7. Define the role of academic researchers in 3. Identify and evaluate the “best practices” policy making that have been adopted in other jurisdictions to 8. Provide examples of how policy has address a current public health problem effectively reduced public health problems 4. Work collaboratively with other students E-mail: [email protected] 5. Interact with public health experts in the Lecture: M 10:30 AM - 11:20 AM relevant fields, including science, epidemiology, law and policy Enrollment minimum of 10 6. Understand the roles of public health Enrollment maximum of 30 professionals, policy makers, and advocates in Waitlist Enabled: Yes promoting and protecting the public’s health ONLY MPP students in HPM permitted to register 7. Prepare a written brief or other document for this class that can be used by public health decision- makers to address a current public health Grading Options: Pass/Fail problem Prerequisite: 300.731 E-mail: [email protected] Multi-term with 300.731 Lecture: T TH 3:30 PM - 4:50 PM grade assigned at the end of 2nd term Enrollment minimum of 5 Final grade applies to all terms Enrollment maximum of 15 306.865.01 CLINIC FOR PUBLIC HEALTH LAW AND Waitlist Enabled: Yes POLICY undergraduates are not permitted in this course Course offered this year Grading Options: Pass/Fail (3 credits) Consent required for all students Teret,Stephen and Rosen,Joanne Interested students must submit a cv/resume to The Clinic for Public Health Law and Policy course instructor 4 weeks prior to the start of the explores the role of law and policy as tools to term to receive permission to register advance public health. Using current and Prerequisite: Interested students must submit a compelling public health problems, students engage cv/resume to course instructor 4 weeks prior to the in an interactive learning experience, develop start term in order to receive permission to register practical skills necessary to solve critical public Students do not need to have any legal experience health problems, and interact with policymakers, to enroll. In each term, students will engage with legislators, regulators, and/or litigators to propose lawyers, policymakers, and influential stakeholders. and implement feasible legal and policy solutions. Due to the strong community involvement Upon successfully completing this course, component, the Clinic has been approved as students will be able to: fulfilling 66 MPH practicum hours in each term. 1. Identify the available legal, policy and/or Course Change Information: regulatory strategies that can be utilized to Hybrid, Recommended, RecommendedNote, address a current public health problem CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, 2. Evaluate the potential effectiveness and ClassroomNeedsNote, feasibility of different legal, policy and/or CommunityInvolvComponent, regulatory strategies CommunityInvolvNote, CatalogStatus, AdministrativeCourseFee, .07/08/2015; .05/04/2015; CourseOfferRationaleNote, .05/04/2015;

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 173 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

318.602.01 THE POLICY PROCESS II Final grade applies to all terms Course offered this year This course will be taught on the Homewood Campus in Wyman 571 (3 credits) Course Change Information: Nadel,Mark MultiTerm, MultiTerm, Hybrid, Required, Examines the influence of political, organizational, RequiredNote, Recommended, CourseFormat, and substantive complexities on the policy process. ClassroomNeeds, ClassroomNeedsNote, Specifically addresses the key stages of the policy CommunityInvolvComponent, CatalogStatus, process, the different frameworks for effective AdministrativeCourseFee, .07/10/2015; policymaking in complex political and bureaucratic environments, how issues get on the policy agenda, 318.606.01 POLICY ANALYSIS FOR THE REAL WORLD II and the art behind policy implementation and Course offered this year sustainability. (3 credits) Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Newman,Sandee 1. Describe the political, organizational and Develops student analytical thinking through real- substantive complexities of the policy process world problem applications including social, urban, and health policy. Prepares students to master the 2. Illustrate the different conceptual policy essential steps of any policy analysis: identify the models problem, assessing the available evidence, 3. Identify the areas of policy formulation, policy specifying goals and constraints and examining implementation, policy adoption, policy policy alternatives. Emphasizes communicating in agendas and problem definition a simple, clear and direct way. 4. Differentiate the key stages of the policy Upon successfully completing this course, process students will be able to: 5. Compare different frameworks for effective 1. Define the nature of the policy problem policymaking based on effective and critical review of E-mail: [email protected] multiple sources of information 2. Assess the quality of evidence from Lecture: W 10:30 AM - 1:20 PM secondary source policy analyses Enrollment minimum of 10 3. Identify and interpret patterns and trends in Enrollment maximum of 25 data Waitlist Enabled: Yes 4. Conduct surveys to assess perceptions and behaviors undergraduates are not permitted in this course; 5. Communicate policy analyses with precision, Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail clarity and cogency Consent required for some students 6. Engage in effective team work students enrolled in programs other then the MPP must obtain permission of department prior to E-mail: [email protected] registering for this course. Lecture: T 9:00 AM - 11:50 AM Prerequisite: 318.601 Enrollment minimum of 10 Multi-term with 318.601 Enrollment maximum of 25 Students must register for 318.601 and 318.602 in order to receive a grade. Waitlist Enabled: Yes

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 174 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

undergraduates are not permitted in this course; Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 260.605.01 GENOMICS Consent required for some students Course offered this year students enrolled in programs other than the MPP (4 credits) must obtain permission of department prior to registering for this course. Pevsner,Jonathan Prerequisite: 318.605 Explores genomes across the tree of life, using the tools of bioinformatics. Topics include viruses; Multi-term with 318.605 bacteria and archaea; protozoa (e.g. Plasmodium); Students must register for 318.605 and 318.606 in plants (with a focus on Arabidopsis and rice); the order to receive a grade. fungi; the metazoans (Drosophila, C. elegans, the Final grade applies to all terms rodents, the primates, and human). Each lecture highlights features of the relevant genome(s), key This course will be taught on the Homewood websites and bioinformatics tools, the phylogenetic campus in Wyman 571. context in which to understand the significance of Course Change Information: the organism, and genomics-based approaches to MultiTerm, MultiTerm, Hybrid, Required, human disease. Weekly computer labs introduce RequiredNote, Recommended, CourseFormat, students to genomics software available on the ClassroomNeeds, ClassroomNeedsNote, internet, including tools for genome annotation, CommunityInvolvComponent, CatalogStatus, comparison, and analysis. AdministrativeCourseFee, .07/10/2015; Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Define the main features of viral, prokaryotic, and eukaryotic genomes 2. Define the relevance of various genomes to human disease 3. Use web-based tools for genome analysis (e.g. annotation and comparison) 4. Read papers on the sequencing of the human genomes and other genomes, and evaluate the quality and limitations of the analytic approaches E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M W F 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment maximum of 60 Waitlist Enabled: Yes Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Jointly offered with BIOSTAT

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 175 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

380.850.01 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN POPULATION AND 380.861.01 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN REPRODUCTIVE, HEALTH PERINATAL, AND WOMENS HEALTH Course offered this year Course offered this year (2 credits) (2 credits) Tsui,Amy and Canudas-Romo,Vladimir Strobino,Donna and Tsui,Amy Provides a forum for doctoral students and faculty A seminar format is used to discuss seminal articles in population studies to engage in critical review in reproductive, perinatal, and womens health. In and discussion of both recent research and depth discussions of questions related to one or selected research classics in demography and more research articles in the field are used to population. The seminar uses a journal-club format develop critical analytic skills of students. in which one or more papers are distributed in Upon successfully completing this course, advance. Participants are expected to read and students will be able to: discuss the assigned material. The seminar meets once every two weeks in the first, third, and fourth 1. Describe and critique seminal articles in terms. Attendance is required of all first- and reproductive, perinatal and women’s health second-year PFRH doctoral students and 2. Be prepared to undertake an evaluation of encouraged for third-year students and above. questions related to research articles that Upon successfully completing this course, address the methodological and conceptual students will be able to: underpinnings of the research as well as the policy and research implications of the research 1. Critique analytic methods in selected papers E-mail: [email protected] 2. Present arguments about appropriate and inappropriate research methods for a given Lecture: TBA research problem Enrollment minimum of 10 3. Feel more at ease in interactions with faculty No Maximum about research methods Waitlist Enabled: No 4. Recall the relevant (required) literature in the field of population PFRH Department Students Only E-mail: [email protected] Grading Options: Pass/Fail Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No PFRH Department Students Only Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for all students Consent required for non-PFRH students

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 176 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

380.863.01 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN CHILD HEALTH AND 340.608.60 OBSERVATIONAL EPIDEMIOLOGY DEVELOPMENT Course offered this year Course offered this year (4 credits) (2 credits) Golub,Elizabeth T. and Gange,Stephen Riley,Anne Expands upon material presented in introductory Provides experience in analytic evaluation of level epidemiologic concepts and methods, using contemporary research regarding infant, child, and examples from the published literature through adolescent health, growth, and development across weekly online lectures. Emphasizes interpretation a range of academic disciplines and issues. and the ability to critically evaluate issues related to Students and faculty critique and discuss empirical populations / study design, measurement, articles and examine their historical, population comparisons and inference, including: methodological, and disciplinary perspectives. modern cohort study designs; advanced nested Highlights current controversies. Required for 2nd- designs; novel techniques for exposure year and above doctoral students in Child Health assessment; interpretation and utility of measures and Development track. of impact; sources of bias and methods for their prevention; descriptive and analytical goals for Upon successfully completing this course, observational study inference; the counterfactual students will be able to: model for defining exchangeability, cause, and 1. Describe and critique seminal articles in child confounding; and synthesis of inferences from and adolescent health and development observational studies. 2. Critique the scientific value, including the Upon successfully completing this course, public health importance, of published research students will be able to: 3. Provide oral and written summaries of their 1. Describe modern design features for cohort evaluation of the conceptual underpinnings of studies, including use of existing clinical and the research, the rigor and ethics of the administrative databases methodological approaches, as well as the 2. Compare and contrast various nested policy and research implications of the research designs, including methods for participant 4. Describe the scientific basis for the health selection and analysis and development of children and adolescents, 3. Identify biases resulting from participant with a critical understanding of the role of public selection and misallocation of person-time and health surveillance, intervention, and Identify and interpret epidemiologic measures evaluation/monitoring based on the Seminars of disease frequency and required CHAD/PFRH courses 4. Describe the issues underlying measurement E-mail: [email protected] of exposures and outcomes in observational research Enrollment minimum of 10 5. Identify the effect of measurement error and No Maximum bias on epidemiologic inferences and calculate Waitlist Enabled: No and contrast measures of association and measures of impact PFRH Department Students Only 6. Utilize and illustrate a framework for Grading Options: Pass/Fail distinguishing different inferential goals of an Consent required for all students epidemiological study Consent required for non-PFRH students

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 177 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

7. Define concepts and terminology in causal Course offered this year inference for epidemiology and develop (3 credits) graphical approaches (e.g., DAGs) for models that integrate confounding and mediation Fissell,Mary effects Introduces student to key developments in 8. Illustrate, interpret, and contrast ‘classical’ medicine, health, and healing in the high Middle (e.g., regression) approaches for addressing Ages and Early Modern period. Addresses the confounding with modern techniques (e.g., range of healing modalities and healers throughout propensity-score and inverse-weighting the period; the advent of medical regulation; methods) challenges Hippocratic medicine and humoral theory such as Paracelsianism; the impact of the 9. Identify and critically analyze voyages of exploration on healing practices; and contemporaneous articles that utilize the transmission of medical knowledge. Develops epidemiologic designs and methods skills of reading for argument, interpreting primary 10. Articulate concerns about limitations in the and secondary sources, and building arguments epidemiological approach from sources. E-mail: [email protected] Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Lecture: M F 9:00 AM - 10:20 AM 1. Appraise medieval and early modern medical Enrollment minimum of 10 practices in historical context No Maximum 2. Compare and contrast the medical Waitlist Enabled: No translation movements of the Islamic world and the medieval West Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 3. Explain the causes and consequences of the Prerequisite: 340.601 or 550.694-695 or 340.751; Black Death prior or concurrent enrollment in 140.612 or equivalent. Students must complete Introduction to 4. Examine the impact of the advent of medical Online Learning prior to enrolling in this course. regulation This class blends traditional classroom time and 5. Categorize changes that made early modern outside-of-class activities with a corresponding medicine different from that of the Middle Ages reduction in class sessions. This class will meet 6. Utilize the concept of the medical twice a week. Students are expected to spend a marketplace to analyze early modern medicine total of 9-10 hours a week on work outside of the 7. Analyze a variety of complex primary classroom (recorded lectures, readings, homework sources assignments, quizzes and project). E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 10 Course Change Information: CatalogStatus, AdministrativeCourseFee, Enrollment maximum of 30 .06/25/2015; CourseSectionNote, .04/23/2015; Waitlist Enabled: Yes .04/09/2015; .03/19/2015; StudentEval, Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail TargetAud, ContactPerson, ContactEmail, .03/17/2015; StudentEval, TargetAud, .02/20/2015; Jointly offered with ME

550.607.81 HISTORY OF MEDICINE SURVEY II: MIDDLE AGES & EARLY MODERN

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 178 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Learning Materials: Reviews key topics in modern applied statistics. Extends the topics of 140.755 to encompass (Book) Medieval and Early Renaissance generalized linear mixed effects models (GLMMs) Medicine and Double Hierarchical Generalized Linear Models Siraisi, Nancy (DHGLM) and introduces semiparametric ISBN: 0226761304 regression via Generalized Additive Models (GAMs) and GAMs for Location, Scale and Shape U Chicago Press; 1st edition (1990) (GAMLSS), as well as nonparametric smoothing and functional data analysis. Includes extensions of Amazon or other linear mixed effects to discrete outcomes and semi- $27.75 parametric models for clustered data. Emphasizes both rigorous methodological development and practical data analytic strategies. Presents (Book) Medicine and Society in Early Modern computational methods designed for semi- Europe parametric inference and discusses relevant packages in R. Lindemann, Mary Upon successfully completing this course, ISBN: 0521732565 students will be able to: Cambridge University Press; 2nd edition (2010) 1. Use and extend a comprehensive list of models such as Generalized Linear Mixed Amazon or other Models (GLMMs), Double Hierarchical $32.62 Generalized Linear Models (DHGLMs), Generalized Additive Models for Location, Scale and Shape (GAMLSS) to account for various forms of clustering and correlation often Cancelled - Department arising in public health studies 2. Use modern statistical approaches for flexible modelling heterogeneity and making inference 140.756.01 ADVANCED METHODS IN BIOSTATISTICS VI 3. Introduce nonparametric smoothing models Course offered this year 4. Describe modern statistical methods for (4 credits) complex datasets including functional data Zipunnikov,Vadim analysis 5. Apply theoretical concepts to scientific data using R software for modeling clustered and functional data 6. Improve computational and analytic skills through analysis of simulated data sets E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T TH 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 179 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Prerequisite: 140.751-5 Course Change Information: MultiTerm, MultiTerm, CourseOfferRationaleNote, 140.772.01 ADVANCED STATISTICAL THEORY II CatalogStatus, .04/10/2015; Prerequisite, .02/05/2015; Course offered this year (4 credits) Scharfstein,Daniel Focuses on drawing large sample inferences about "parameters" in statistical models. Develops asymptotic theory for maximum likelihood estimation, M-estimation, and generalized method of moment (GMM) estimation. Discusses formal techniques for constructing estimators in semi-parametric models. Pays particular attention to models for longitudinal and survival data. Special topics presented by guest lecturers. Involves rigorous mathematical arguments so that familiarity with concepts in advanced calculus, real analysis, and measure theory will be required. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: 1. Understand large sample theory underlying commonly used statistical procedures such as maximum likelihood, M-estimation, and GMM-estimation. 2. Understand the foundations of semiparametric inference. 3. Understand the foundations of the counting process approach to survival analysis. E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM Enrollment minimum of 2 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: 140.771 Multi-term with 140.771 Final grade applies to all terms Grade for 140.771 and 772 given at completion of 140.772

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 180 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

305.612.01 EPIDEMIOLOGIC METHODS IN INJURY AND 340.641.01 HEALTHCARE EPIDEMIOLOGY VIOLENCE CONTROL Course offered this year Course offered this year (4 credits) (3 credits) Milstone,Aaron and Perl,Trish Prepares students to conduct research regarding Introduces the history, descriptive epidemiology, the distribution, determinants, and outcomes of surveillance methods, and economics of exploration unintentional and intentional injuries, and also to of the most important factors influencing evaluate injury research studies. nosocomial infections, especially those in pediatric Upon successfully completing this course, and adult services. Describes and analyzes students will be able to: methods for control of nosocomial infection, including primary and secondary interventions. Also 1. describe various sources of data for injury discusses alternative interventions and parallels research between contemporary and traditional approaches 2. identify the appropriate methodological in developing countries. approach for studying injuries Upon successfully completing this course, 3. understand some of the methodological students will be able to: challenges in studying an acute outcome such 1. Introduce the principles of as injury; counting/identifying healthcare-associated 4. appreciate how epidemiologic data can be infections, organisms resistant to antimicrobial used to inform injury prevention policy and agents, or organisms that are epidemiologically critically evaluate published injury studies important 2. Review their epidemiology, and the risk Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM factors for developing colonization and infection Enrollment minimum of 10 3. Review the data supporting important No Maximum infection control and antibiotic management Waitlist Enabled: No strategies for the types of infections and for certain epidemiologically important organisms Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail 4. Effectively respond to questions about Prerequisite: 340.601 & 305.610 or consent of exposure to communicable diseases and instructor appropriate prevention and control strategies Jointly offered with EPI 5. Explain the impact that healthcare associated infections have on patient safety E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T TH 1:30 PM - 3:20 PM Enrollment minimum of 5 No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for some students Instructor consent required for auditors only.

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 181 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

308.700.01 U.S. RESEARCH ON HEALTH SYSTEM 309.607.01 INNOVATIONS IN HEALTH CARE FOR AGING PERFORMANCE AND HEALTH REFORM POPULATIONS Course offered this year Course offered this year (3 credits) (3 credits) Davis,Karen Davis,Karen Explores the research that formed the basis of the Acquaints students with the nature of the health Affordable Care Act, its major provisions, early care received by older Americans at home and in evidence on its impact and trends in U.S. health hospitals, nursing homes, emergency departments, system performance, and future research analyses rehabilitation facilities, and outpatient offices. that will inform its evaluation and evolution of the Presents successful and promising innovations in U.S. health system. the health care of older people. Provides students Upon successfully completing this course, with available evidence about the costs and students will be able to: effectiveness of these innovations. 1. Explain the goals, rationale, and major Upon successfully completing this course, provisions of the Affordable Care Act (ACA) students will be able to: including deficiencies in U.S. health system 1. Describe the nature of health care received performance it was designed to address by older Americans in hospitals, nursing 2. Describe the predicted impact of the ACA on homes, emergency departments, rehabilitation coverage and access to care; quality, patient facilities, outpatient offices and at home outcomes and care experiences; and projected 2. Discuss the nature of successful and cost/savings by major source of financing promising innovations in the health care of 3. Analyze early evidence on U.S. health older people system performance and contrast predicted 3. Appraise the available evidence on the costs ACA impact with early trends in U.S. health and the effectiveness of these innovations system performance on insurance coverage, 4. Identify how innovations are affected by access to care, quality, and cost public policies, organizational characteristics, 4. Indicate the types of research that will help provider incentives and interests, and patient inform future health reform policy behaviors and expectations E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: M W 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment minimum of 10 No Maximum No Maximum Waitlist Enabled: No Waitlist Enabled: No Undergraduate students are not permitted in this Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail course Consent required for some students Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail undergraduates and those taking the class for audit Prerequisite: Concurrent enrollment in 300.651 or must obtain consent from the instructor prior course work on the U.S. Health System

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 182 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

318.867.01 MPP GRADUATE POLICY SEMINAR 222.651.01 ADVANCED NUTRIENT METABOLISM Course offered this year Course offered this year (2 credits) (3 credits) Borkoski,Carey De Luca,Luigi Introduces work undertaken in public policy settings and prepares MPP students in Health Policy and Provides an in-depth review of the metabolism of Management for the internship requirement in the major nutrients and its importance in disease second year of the program and life after states, such as teratogenesis, cardiovascular graduation. disease, ageing, cancer, obesity, and liver fibrosis. Focuses on regulatory mechanisms, integration of Upon successfully completing this course, metabolic pathways, and biochemical and students will be able to: physiological aspects of nutrient metabolism at the 1. Define Public Policy whole body, tissue and cellular level. Includes both discussion and lectures. 2. Identify major arenas of public policy work Upon successfully completing this course, 3. Discuss the scope of public policy work: what students will be able to: do policy analysts do? 1. apply basic concepts of whole body nutrient 4. Develop a professional resume targeted homeostasis to nutrient control at the cellular toward future employers level 5. Begin the process of career networking: start 2. critically evaluate new findings on the role of a jobs database, investigate interest areas nutrients in functions such as cellular 6. Discuss the power of personal contacts differentiation, bone remodeling and cognitive function E-mail: [email protected] 3. gain a greater understanding of metabolic pathway interrelationships Lecture: F 8:00 AM - 9:50 AM Enrollment minimum of 10 E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment maximum of 25 Lecture: M W 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM Waitlist Enabled: Yes Enrollment minimum of 7 Only MPP students will be permitted to enroll in this No Maximum course Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Pass/Fail Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: Previous course work in biochemistry and/or the course on Nutritional Biochemistry

330.652.01 SEMINAR ON PROGRAM PLANNING IN DEVELOPING COUNTRIES ON DRUG ABUSE AND OTHER HEALTH PROBLEMS II Course offered this year (3 credits) Alexandre,Pierre

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 183 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Reviews the scientific, social and political issues involved in resource allocation for programs to 330.656.01 FIELD VISITS IN DRUG ABUSE AND HEALTH prevent and control drug abuse and other emergent PROGRAM PLANNING. public health problems in developing countries. Course offered this year Examines examples of major prevention program types, such as mass media awareness programs, (2 credits) school based programs, community outreach Alexandre,Pierre networking programs, and public treatment Students visit local, state and federal agencies and programs. Students make presentations analyzing programs engaged in health and drug abuse risk the extent of a selected health problem, and the factor/reduction through prevention, treatment, types, volume and resources allocated to mitigating research and policy implementation programs. the problem. Visits are intended to deepen understanding of the Upon successfully completing this course, array of program models for the prevention and students will be able to: control of public health and drug abuse risk factors 1. Use the internet to assemble information that exist in the U.S. describing the geographic, political, economic Upon successfully completing this course, and cultural parameters which may affect the students will be able to: types and level of psychoactive substance 1. Assemble information describing the abuse in a developing country geographic, political, economic and cultural 2. Conduct a national needs assessment using parameters which may affect the types and country based data on the extent and patterns level of psychoactive substance abuse in a of substance abuse and will be able to describe developing country the policies, regulations and public health 2. Conduct a national needs assessment using responses to substance abuse in their country country based data on the extent and patterns 3. Describe the policies, regulations and public of substance abuse and will be able to describe health responses to substance abuse in their the policies, regulations and public health country responses to substance abuse in their country E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected] Lecture: T TH 3:30 PM - 5:20 PM Lecture: F 1:30 PM - 3:50 PM Enrollment minimum of 10 Enrollment minimum of 5 No Maximum Enrollment maximum of 15 Waitlist Enabled: No Waitlist Enabled: Yes Must be a Humphrey Fellows in drug abuse or have Must be a Humphrey Fellow in Drug Abuse or have consent of insructor. consent of instructor Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Consent required for all students Consent required for all students Students not in Humphrey Fellows Program. Consent required of undergraduates Course is held in departmental space. Course Change Information: Hybrid, Recommended, CourseFormat, ClassroomNeeds, CommunityInvolvComponent, CatalogStatus, AdministrativeCourseFee, .07/30/2015;

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 184 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

380.600.01 PRINCIPLES OF POPULATION CHANGE 380.615.01 APPLICATION OF POPULATION DATA FOR POLICY AND PRACTICE Course offered this year Course offered this year (4 credits) Astone,Nan (3 credits) Provides students with a basic understanding of the Robinson,Courtland science of demography with particular attention to Presents population-based extant data from both how demographic phenomena affect public health. international and domestic data sets and The substantive foci of demography include death policy/practice issues. Introduces application of rates, birth rates, the age and sex structure of population data to address policy and practice populations, population growth, and population concerns to enable students to investigate the distribution. Considers how all these substantive health of newborns, children, adolescents, women, issues affect the health of populations generally as men, immigrants and the elderly. Presents material well as considering how demographic behaviors in an interactive manner that allows students to affect and are affected by family and kinship acquire fundamental knowledge and familiarity of structure. extant population-based data for future professional Upon successfully completing this course, application. students will be able to: Upon successfully completing this course, 1. Delineate the substantive scope of students will be able to: demography 1. Describe major sources of national and 2. Describe the major trends in birth rates, international data on population demographics , death rates, population growth, population sex health status, health service coverage and and age structure and population distribution utilization throughout history 2. Describe the basic critical features of 3. Identify the major explanations for changes population health data sets, including those that in demographic rates and population reflect strengths and limitations distribution 3. Locate, assess, and interpret on-line 4. Identify how demographic rates and secondary data population distribution impinge upon the health 4. Use extant public data sources in answering of populations basic policy and practice questions 5. Identify how demographic behaviors affect E-mail: [email protected] and are affected by family and kinship structure Lecture: M W 10:30 AM - 11:50 AM E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment minimum of 10 Lecture: M W F 1:30 PM - 2:50 PM No Maximum Enrollment minimum of 10 Waitlist Enabled: No No Maximum None Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Prerequisite: None

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 185 of 186 SECOND TERM COURSE SCHEDULE 2015-2016 October 26 - December 18, 2015 PLEASE CHECK EXTRADEPARTMENTAL LISTING FOR COURSES IN INDIVIDUAL DEPARTMENTS.

Course offered this year 223.662.81 VACCINE DEVELOPMENT AND APPLICATION (3 credits) Course offered this year Bass,Judy (4 credits) Introduces mental health as an integral part of global health research, including conducting needs Halsey,Neal assessments and intervention monitoring and Reviews the processes used to evaluate all aspects evaluation. Presents and critiques strategies for of vaccine development and the use of integrating local cultural perspectives into research immunizations for disease prevention. Emphasizes models. Examines methods of adapting psychiatric in-depth understanding of vaccines successfully assessment tools for use cross-culturally and introduced into routine immunization schedules. presents challenges for developing interventions for Discusses procedures and oversight at each step in use in low-resource contexts. Encourages use of the process, including post-licensure policy making critical and creative thinking skills throughout to and monitoring for safety and effectiveness. discuss the issues involved in this relatively new area of study. Upon successfully completing this course, students will be able to: Upon successfully completing this course, 1. Describe vaccines that are currently in use students will be able to: throughout the world or vaccines for which 1. Describe prevalent mental health problems licensure is likely within the near future in developing countries and discuss the issues 2. Discuss the processes involved in unique to understanding mental health in these developing vaccines including: discuss and contexts data needed, and decision-making at each step 2. Illustrate ways that culture can affect mental 3. Discuss problems that can occur at each health conceptualization, identification and step in the process of making vaccines assessment 4. Discuss the different types of vaccines 3. Define and compare methods of cross- including the relative advantages and cultural assessment of mental health problems disadvantages of each type 4. Recognize issues and challenges inherent in 5. Discuss the process of developing and adapting strategies for prevention revising guidelines for the use of vaccines programming, intervention development and dissemination in developing countries 6. Learn where up-to-date information on vaccines and guidelines for their use can be E-mail: [email protected] found Enrollment minimum of 5 E-mail: [email protected] Enrollment maximum of 25 Enrollment minimum of 10 Waitlist Enabled: Yes No Maximum Course restricted to graduate students only Waitlist Enabled: No Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail Restricted to graduate students. Consent required for all students Grading Options: Letter Grade or Pass/Fail In the first year, to allow for having some control over who takes it and with what qualifications Prerequisite: Introduction to Online Learning required. Recommended Psychiatric Epidemiology, 330.620.81 ISSUES IN MENTAL HEALTH RESEARCH IN but not required DEVELOPING COUNTRIES

2nd term information is correct as of October 22 , 2015. For updated information please use Course Search at my.jhsph.edu/C4/Academics/. 186 of 186